華嚴經 品三十九 入法界品 · 彌伽(寄生貴住)Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Entering the Dharma Realm · Megha (Assigned to the Abode of Noble Birth)

〔T10 0337b23〕
心要Essence

說法的人,從師子座上走下來,向一個求法的童子五體投地。

理由不在那個童子身上。彌伽先問了一句:「善男子!汝已發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心耶?」得了「唯」字的答,才下座。所禮的是那顆心。

澄觀說得直白:「所以師禮資者,以菩提心是佛因故。」又引論中的話——禮的是月初那一鉤細細的白分初月,不禮已圓的滿月;因為初月希有,而滿月正是從它來的。

但禮完了他就回到本座上說法。禮心是禮心,重法是重法,兩件事不相奪。

他所授的是『字與音的窮盡』——四十二字,十四音,音遍入字,故出字無盡;於是三千大千世界一切語言無不能知。而說這門法的地方,是市集。李通玄說那正表「生死市󱈎閙而常寂」。

末了他仍說:「我唯知此菩薩妙音陀羅尼光明法門。」

善財禮足而去,涕泗悲泣。

一部經把師資之間的兩種極致,寫在同一段裡。

The one who tells the Dharma comes down from the lion seat and casts his five limbs to the ground before a youth who seeks the Dharma.

The reason does not lie in that youth. Megha first asked one sentence: “Son of good family! Have you already given rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi?” Only after he had received the answer “Yes” did he come down from the seat. What was bowed to was that mind.

Chengguan says it plainly: “The reason the master bows to the disciple is that the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood.” And he cites the words of a treatise—what is bowed to is the slender crescent of the first moon of the bright half at the beginning of the month, not the moon already full; because the first moon is rare, and the full moon comes precisely from it.

But when the bowing was done he returned to his own seat and told the Dharma. Bowing to the mind is bowing to the mind, and honoring the Dharma is honoring the Dharma; the two things do not take each other away.

What he conferred was ‘the exhausting of letters and sounds’—forty-two letters and fourteen sounds, the sounds entering everywhere into the letters, and therefore letters come forth without end; and so among all the speech of the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system there is none he cannot know. And the place where this gate of the Dharma is told is the marketplace. Li Tongxuan says that this precisely signifies “the market of birth-and-death is clamorous and yet constantly still.”

At the end he still says: “I know only this bodhisattva's dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī.”

Sudhana bowed to his feet and went, weeping and sobbing.

One sūtra writes the two utmost extremes between master and disciple into one and the same stretch.

原典Canonical · verbatim

〔T10 0337〕 爾時,善財童子一心正念法光明法門,深信趣入,專念於佛,不斷三寶,歎離欲性,念善知識普照三世,憶諸大願普救眾生,不著有為,究竟思惟諸法自性,悉能嚴淨一切世界,於一切佛眾會道場心無所著。 漸次南行,至自在城,求覓彌伽。乃見其人於市肆中,坐於說法師子之座,十千人眾所共圍遶,說輪字莊嚴法門。時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,於前合掌,而作是言:「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而我未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?云何流轉於諸有趣常不忘失菩提之心?云何得平等意堅固不動?云何獲清淨心無能沮壞?云何生大悲力恒不勞疲?云何入陀羅尼普得清淨?云何發生智慧廣大光明,於一切法離諸暗障?云何具無礙解辯才之力,決了一切甚深義藏?云何得正念力,憶持一切差別法輪?云何得淨趣力,於一切趣普演諸法?云何得智慧力,於一切法悉能決定分別其義?」 爾時,彌伽告善財言:「善男子!汝已發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心耶?」善財言:「唯!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」 彌伽遽即下師子座,於善財所五體投地,散金銀華無價寶珠,及以上妙碎末栴檀、無量種衣以覆其上,復散無量種種香華、種種供具以為供養,然後起立而稱歎言: 「善哉善哉!善男子!乃能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。善男子!若有能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,則為不斷一切佛種,則為嚴淨一切佛剎,則為成熟一切眾生,則為了達一切法性,則為悟解一切業種,則為圓滿一切諸行,則為不斷一切大願,則如實解離貪種性,則能明見三世差別,則令信解永得堅固,則為一切如來所持,則為一切諸佛憶念,則與一切菩薩平等,則為一切賢聖讚喜,則為一切梵王禮覲,則為一切天主供養,則為一切夜叉守護,則為一切羅剎侍衛,則為一切龍王迎接,則為一切緊那羅王歌詠讚歎,則為一切諸世間主稱揚慶悅,則令一切諸眾生界悉得安隱。所謂:令捨惡趣故,令出難處故,斷一切貧窮根本故,生一切天人快樂故,遇善知識親近故,聞廣大法受持故,生菩提心故,淨菩提心故,照菩薩道故,入菩薩智故,住菩薩地故。 〔T10 0338〕 「善男子!應知菩薩所作甚難,難出難值,見菩薩者倍更難有。菩薩為一切眾生恃怙,生長成就故;為一切眾生拯濟,拔諸苦難故;為一切眾生依處,守護世間故;為一切眾生救護,令免怖畏故。菩薩如風輪,持諸世間不令墮落惡趣故;如大地,增長眾生善根故;如大海,福德充滿無盡故;如淨日,智慧光明普照故;如須彌,善根高出故;如明月,智光出現故;如猛將,摧伏魔軍故;如君主,佛法城中得自在故;如猛火,燒盡眾生我愛心故;如大雲,降霔無量妙法雨故;如時雨,增長一切信根芽故;如船師,示導法海津濟處故;如橋梁,令其得度生死海故。」 彌伽如是讚歎善財,令諸菩薩皆歡喜已,從其面門出種種光,普照三千大千世界。其中眾生遇斯光已,諸龍神等乃至梵天悉皆來至彌伽之所。彌伽大士即以方便,為開示、演說、分別、解釋輪字品莊嚴法門。彼諸眾生聞此法已,皆於阿耨多羅三藐三菩提得不退轉。 彌伽於是還昇本座,告善財言: 「善男子!我已獲得妙音陀羅尼,能分別知三千大千世界中諸天語言,諸龍、夜叉、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、人與非人及諸梵天所有語言。如此三千大千世界,十方無數乃至不可說不可說世界,悉亦如是。 「善男子!我唯知此菩薩妙音陀羅尼光明法門。如諸菩薩摩訶薩,能普入一切眾生種種想海、種種施設海、種種名號海、種種語言海,能普入說一切深密法句海、說一切究竟法句海、說一所緣中有一切三世所緣法句海、說上法句海、說上上法句海、說差別法句海、說一切差別法句海,能普入一切世間呪術海、一切音聲莊嚴輪、一切差別字輪際;如是功德,我今云何能知能說? 「善男子!從此南行,有一聚落,名曰:住林;彼有長者,名曰:解脫。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何修菩薩行?菩薩云何成菩薩行?菩薩云何集菩薩行?菩薩云何思菩薩行?」 爾時,善財童子以善知識故,於一切智法,深生尊重,深植淨信,深自增益;禮彌伽足,涕泗悲泣,遶無量匝,戀慕瞻仰,辭退而行。

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

依教趣求(澄觀科):把前一位善知識所授的法門念熟

那時候,善財童子一心正念著「法光明法門」——這是前一位善知識所授的法門;他深深地相信而趣向進入,專一地憶念著佛,不使佛、法、僧這三寶在自己心中斷絕,讚歎遠離貪欲的體性,憶念著善知識普遍照見過去、現在、未來三世,憶念著大願普遍救度眾生,不執著於有造作生滅的一切法,究竟地思惟一切法的自性,全都能夠莊嚴清淨一切世界,而對於一切佛的眾會道場,心裡沒有一點執著。

他就這樣一段一段地往南行去,來到自在城,尋覓彌伽。

見敬諮問(澄觀科)之一:在市集裡看見他

他就看見那個人在市集的店鋪之間,坐在說法的師子座上——師子座是說法者所坐之座——有十千人的大眾一同圍繞著他,他正在演說「輪字莊嚴法門」。

當時,善財童子頂禮他的雙足,繞行了無量匝,走到他面前合起雙掌,這樣說道:

見敬諮問之二:十二句問——先自陳發心,後正問

「聖者!我已經在先前發起了阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心——就是無上正等正覺之心;然而我還不知道:菩薩要怎樣學菩薩所行?

「怎樣修菩薩之道?

「怎樣在流轉於種種眾生趣類之中,而常常不忘失、不遺落菩提之心?

「怎樣得到平等之意,堅固而不動搖?

「怎樣獲得清淨之心,沒有任何東西能夠毀壞它?

「怎樣生起大悲之力,恆常不勞倦疲厭?

「怎樣進入陀羅尼——就是總持一切法而不忘失的門——普遍地得到清淨?

「怎樣發起生出智慧的廣大光明,在一切法上都遠離種種昏暗的障蔽?

「怎樣具足無障礙的理解與辯才之力,決斷了知一切甚深的義理之藏?

「怎樣得到正念之力,憶持一切差別不同的法輪?

「怎樣得到清淨趣入之力,在一切眾生趣類之中普遍地演說諸法?

「怎樣得到智慧之力,在一切法上都能夠決定地分別它的義理?」

稱讚授法(澄觀科)之一:先審定他是不是真發了心

那時候,彌伽告訴善財說:「善男子!你已經發了阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心嗎?」

善財說:「是的!我已經在先前發起了阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」

稱讚授法之二:彌伽下座禮拜善財

彌伽立刻就走下師子座,在善財的面前五體投地——兩膝、兩肘與頭頂都著地,是最重的禮——散下金華、銀華與無價的寶珠,以及上等美妙的碎末栴檀香、無量種類的衣,用來覆蓋在善財身上,又散下無量種種的香與華、種種的供養之具,用來作供養。

然後他站起身來,這樣稱歎道:

稱讚授法之三:歎發心(一)初十句——發心本身成就什麼

「善哉善哉!善男子!你竟然能夠發起阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。

「善男子!如果有人能夠發起阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,那就是使一切佛的種性不斷絕,那就是莊嚴清淨一切佛剎,那就是成熟一切眾生,那就是通達了知一切法的體性,那就是領悟理解一切業的種子,

「那就是圓滿一切諸行,那就是使一切大願不斷絕,那就是如實地理解遠離貪欲的種性,那就是能夠明白見到過去、現在、未來三世的差別,那就是使自己的信解永遠得到堅固,

稱讚授法之四:歎發心(二)十王敬護十一句——聖者與諸王之所敬護

「那就是為一切如來所護持,那就是為一切諸佛所憶念,那就是與一切菩薩平等,那就是為一切賢聖所讚喜,那就是為一切梵王所禮拜謁見,

「那就是為一切天主所供養,那就是為一切夜叉所守護,那就是為一切羅剎所侍衛,那就是為一切龍王所迎接,那就是為一切緊那羅王所歌詠讚歎,

「那就是為一切諸世間之主所稱揚慶悅。

稱讚授法之五:歎發心(三)外益眾生一句——令眾生界悉得安隱

「那就是使一切諸眾生界全都得到安隱。

稱讚授法之六:「所謂」十一句——發心於眾生界成就什麼

「所謂:使他們捨離惡趣的緣故,使他們出離八難之處的緣故,斷除一切貧窮的根本的緣故,

「生起一切天與人的快樂的緣故,遇到善知識而得以親近的緣故,聽聞廣大之法而得以受持的緣故,

「生起菩提心的緣故,清淨菩提心的緣故,照見菩薩之道的緣故,進入菩薩之智的緣故,安住菩薩之地的緣故。

稱讚授法之七:廣歎菩薩——難得之四句

「善男子!應當知道菩薩之所作是極難的,難以出現、難以值遇,而見到菩薩的人更是加倍地難有。

「菩薩是為一切眾生作依恃倚怙,因為他生長成就眾生的緣故;

「是為一切眾生作拯救接濟,因為他拔除眾生種種苦難的緣故;

「是為一切眾生作依止之處,因為他守護世間的緣故;

「是為一切眾生作救護,因為他使眾生免除怖畏的緣故。

稱讚授法之八:十三喻

「菩薩就像風輪,因為它任持諸世間,不使它們墮落到惡趣去的緣故;

「像大地,因為它增長眾生的善根的緣故;

「像大海,因為福德充滿而無有窮盡的緣故;

「像清淨的太陽,因為智慧的光明普遍照耀的緣故;

「像須彌山,因為善根高高出於一切之上的緣故;

「像明月,因為智慧之光顯現出來的緣故;

「像勇猛的將領,因為摧伏魔軍的緣故;

「像君主,因為在佛法的城中得到自在的緣故;

「像猛火,因為燒盡眾生我愛之心的緣故;

「像大雲,因為降下無量美妙的法雨的緣故;

「像及時之雨,因為增長一切信根的萌芽的緣故;

「像船師,因為指示引導法海的渡口津濟之處的緣故;

「像橋梁,因為使眾生得以度過生死大海的緣故。」

授己法門(澄觀科)之一:放光集眾,為眾說法

彌伽這樣讚歎了善財,使諸菩薩都歡喜之後,就從他的面門放出種種光明,普遍照耀三千大千世界。

其中的眾生遇到這道光明之後,諸龍、諸神等等,乃至於梵天,全都來到彌伽的處所。彌伽大士就用種種方便,為他們開示、演說、分別、解釋「輪字品莊嚴法門」。

那些眾生聽聞了這個法門之後,全都在阿耨多羅三藐三菩提上得到不退轉。

授己法門之二:還昇本座,自說所得的妙音陀羅尼

彌伽於是回到自己本來的座位上,告訴善財說:

「善男子!我已經獲得了『妙音陀羅尼』,能夠分別了知三千大千世界之中諸天的語言,以及諸龍、夜叉、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、人與非人,以及諸梵天所有的語言。

「就像這一個三千大千世界一樣,十方無數乃至於不可說不可說的世界,也全都是這樣。

謙己推勝(澄觀科):我只知道這一門

「善男子!我只知道這個菩薩的『妙音陀羅尼光明法門』。

「至於諸位菩薩摩訶薩,他們能夠普遍地深入一切眾生種種想念之海、種種施設安立之海、種種名號之海、種種語言之海;

「能夠普遍地深入演說一切深密法句之海、演說一切究竟法句之海、演說在一個所緣之中含有一切三世所緣的法句之海、演說上等法句之海、演說上上法句之海、演說差別法句之海、演說一切差別法句之海;

「能夠普遍地深入一切世間的呪術之海、一切音聲莊嚴之輪、一切差別字輪的究竟邊際——這樣的功德,我如今怎麼能夠知道、能夠演說呢?

指示後友(澄觀科):往南去住林聚落找解脫長者

「善男子!從這裡往南行去,有一個聚落,名叫作住林;那裡有一位長者,名叫作解脫。你到他那裡去問:菩薩要怎樣修菩薩行?菩薩要怎樣成菩薩行?菩薩要怎樣集菩薩行?菩薩要怎樣思菩薩行?」

戀德禮辭(澄觀科):涕泗悲泣而去

那時候,善財童子因為善知識的緣故,對於一切智之法,深深地生起尊重,深深地種下清淨的信,深深地使自己增益;他禮拜彌伽的雙足,涕泗悲泣,繞行了無量匝,戀慕瞻仰,辭別退下而繼續前行。


Seeking in Accord with the Teaching (Chengguan's outline): Making Familiar the Dharma Gate Conferred by the Previous Good Friend

At that time, the youth Sudhana was single-mindedly and rightly mindful of “the dharma gate of the light of the Dharma”—this is the dharma gate conferred by the previous good friend; he deeply believed in it and went toward entering it, he was single-mindedly mindful of the Buddha, he did not let the Three Jewels of Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha be cut off within his own mind, he praised the nature of freedom from craving, he was mindful of how good friends see everywhere throughout the three times of past, present, and future, he was mindful of how the great vows universally deliver beings, he did not cling to any of the dharmas that are made and that arise and cease, he pondered to the utmost the own-nature of all dharmas, he was wholly able to adorn and purify all worlds, and toward the assemblies and places of awakening of all the Buddhas his mind had not the least clinging.

In this way, stretch by stretch, he journeyed south, and came to the city of Sovereignty, searching for Megha.

Seeing, Paying Respect, and Inquiring (Chengguan's outline · one): Seeing Him in the Marketplace

Then he saw that man among the shops of the marketplace, seated upon the lion seat for telling the Dharma—the lion seat is the seat upon which one who tells the Dharma sits—with an assembly of ten thousand persons together surrounding him, and he was expounding “the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters.”

At that time, the youth Sudhana bowed his head to his feet, circled him measureless times, went before him and joined his palms, and spoke in this way—

Seeing, Paying Respect, and Inquiring (two): The Twelve Sentences of the Question—First Stating His Own Giving Rise to the Mind, Then Asking Directly

“Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi—that is, the mind of unsurpassed perfect awakening; yet I still do not know: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva?

“How is he to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?

“How, while turning about among the various destinies of beings, is he constantly not to forget and not to let fall the mind of awakening?

“How is he to obtain a mind of equality, firm and unmoving?

“How is he to gain a pure mind that nothing whatever can ruin?

“How is he to give rise to the power of great compassion, constantly without toil or weariness?

“How is he to enter the dhāraṇī—that is, the gate that holds all dharmas together and does not forget them—and universally to obtain purity?

“How is he to give rise to the vast light of wisdom, leaving behind every sort of dark obstruction upon all dharmas?

“How is he to be complete in the power of unobstructed understanding and eloquence, deciding and knowing all the storehouses of the most profound meaning?

“How is he to obtain the power of right mindfulness, holding in memory all the differing wheels of the Dharma?

“How is he to obtain the power of pure entering, universally expounding the dharmas among all the destinies of beings?

“How is he to obtain the power of wisdom, being able upon all dharmas decisively to distinguish their meaning?”

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (Chengguan's outline · one): First Determining Whether He Has Truly Given Rise to the Mind

At that time, Megha told Sudhana, saying, “Son of good family! Have you already given rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi?”

Sudhana said, “Yes! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (two): Megha Comes Down from the Seat and Bows to Sudhana

Megha at once came down from the lion seat and, before Sudhana, cast his five limbs to the ground—both knees, both elbows, and the crown of the head touching the ground, which is the weightiest of bows—and scattered golden flowers, silver flowers, and priceless jewels, together with finest and most wondrous powdered candana incense and measureless kinds of robes, using them to cover Sudhana's body; and he further scattered measureless kinds of incense and flowers and every sort of article of offering, using them to make offering.

Then he rose to his feet and praised him in this way—

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (three): Praising the Giving Rise of the Mind (one) The First Ten Sentences—What the Giving Rise of the Mind Itself Accomplishes

“It is good, it is good! Son of good family! You have actually been able to give rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.

“Son of good family! If someone is able to give rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, then that is to let the lineage of all the Buddhas not be cut off, then that is to adorn and purify all Buddha-fields, then that is to ripen all beings, then that is to penetrate and know the nature of all dharmas, then that is to awaken to and understand the seeds of all karma,

“then that is to fulfill all practices, then that is to let all great vows not be cut off, then that is to understand as it truly is the lineage of freedom from craving, then that is to be able clearly to see the differences of the three times of past, present, and future, then that is to make his own faith and understanding forever firm,

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (four): Praising the Giving Rise of the Mind (two) The Eleven Sentences of the Reverence and Guarding of the Ten Kings—Revered and Guarded by the Holy Ones and the Kings

“then that is to be upheld by all the Tathāgatas, then that is to be held in mind by all the Buddhas, then that is to be equal to all the bodhisattvas, then that is to be praised and delighted in by all the worthy and holy ones, then that is to be bowed to and called upon by all the Brahmā kings,

“then that is to be made offering to by all the lords of the gods, then that is to be guarded by all the yakṣas, then that is to be attended and defended by all the rākṣasas, then that is to be welcomed by all the nāga kings, then that is to be sung of and praised by all the kiṃnara kings,

“then that is to be extolled and rejoiced over by all the lords of the various worlds.

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (five): Praising the Giving Rise of the Mind (three) The One Sentence of Outward Benefit to Beings—Causing the Realms of Beings All to Obtain Peace and Ease

“then that is to cause all the realms of beings wholly to obtain peace and ease.

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (six): The Eleven Sentences of ‘That Is to Say’—What the Giving Rise of the Mind Accomplishes in the Realms of Beings

“That is to say: because it makes them leave behind the evil destinies, because it makes them come forth from the places of the eight difficulties, because it cuts off the root of all poverty,

“because it gives rise to the happiness of all gods and humans, because it lets them meet good friends and draw near to them, because it lets them hear the vast Dharma and hold it entire,

“because it gives rise to the mind of awakening, because it purifies the mind of awakening, because it illumines the path of a bodhisattva, because it enters the wisdom of a bodhisattva, because it abides in the grounds of a bodhisattva.

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (seven): Praising the Bodhisattva at Length—The Four Sentences on What Is Hard to Have

“Son of good family! You should know that what a bodhisattva does is exceedingly hard, hard to appear and hard to meet with, and those who see a bodhisattva are twice again as rare.

“The bodhisattva is for all beings a support and a refuge, because he raises them up and brings them to accomplishment;

“he is for all beings a rescue and a relief, because he draws out their every suffering and hardship;

“he is for all beings a place to rely upon, because he guards and protects the world;

“he is for all beings a saving protection, because he lets beings be free of dread.

Praising and Conferring the Dharma (eight): The Thirteen Similes

“The bodhisattva is like the wind-wheel, because it upholds the various worlds and does not let them fall down into the evil destinies;

“like the great earth, because it makes the roots of goodness of beings increase and grow;

“like the great ocean, because his merit is full and has no exhausting;

“like the pure sun, because the light of his wisdom shines everywhere;

“like Mount Sumeru, because his roots of goodness stand high above all;

“like the bright moon, because the light of his wisdom appears;

“like a fierce general, because he crushes and subdues the armies of Māra;

“like a sovereign lord, because within the city of the Buddha's Dharma he obtains sovereignty;

“like a fierce fire, because it burns up entirely the mind of self-love in beings;

“like a great cloud, because it sends down measureless and wondrous rain of the Dharma;

“like timely rain, because it makes the sprouts of every root of faith increase and grow;

“like a ship's master, because he points out and leads to the fords and crossings of the ocean of the Dharma;

“like a bridge, because it lets them cross over the great ocean of birth-and-death.”

Conferring His Own Dharma Gate (Chengguan's outline · one): Sending Forth Light to Gather the Assembly, and Telling Them the Dharma

When Megha had praised Sudhana in this way and had made all the bodhisattvas rejoice, he then sent forth from the gate of his face every sort of light, which shone everywhere throughout the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system.

The beings within it, having met with this light, the nāgas and the spirits and the rest, on up to the Brahmā gods, all came to the place of Megha. Megha, the great being, then by every sort of skillful means opened up, expounded, distinguished, and explained for them “the dharma gate of the adornment of the chapter on the wheel of letters.”

Those beings, having heard this dharma gate, all obtained non-retrogression in anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.

Conferring His Own Dharma Gate (two): Ascending Again to His Own Seat and Telling of the Wondrous-Sound Dhāraṇī He Has Obtained

Megha thereupon ascended again to his own former seat and told Sudhana, saying—

“Son of good family! I have already obtained the ‘wondrous-sound dhāraṇī,’ and am able to distinguish and know the speech of the gods within the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, and the speech of the nāgas, yakṣas, gandharvas, asuras, garuḍas, kiṃnaras, mahoragas, humans and nonhumans, and of all the Brahmā gods.

“And just as it is with this one three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, so also is it with numberless worlds of the ten directions, on up to unspeakably unspeakable worlds—all of them are likewise.

Humbling Himself and Deferring to the Superior (Chengguan's outline): I Know Only This One Gate

“Son of good family! I know only this bodhisattva's ‘dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī.’

“As for the bodhisattvas, the great beings, they are able universally to enter deeply into the ocean of every sort of notion of all beings, the ocean of every sort of designation, the ocean of every sort of name, the ocean of every sort of speech;

“they are able universally to enter deeply into the expounding of the ocean of all profound and secret dharma-phrases, the expounding of the ocean of all ultimate dharma-phrases, the expounding of the ocean of dharma-phrases wherein within one object there are contained all the objects of the three times, the expounding of the ocean of higher dharma-phrases, the expounding of the ocean of higher-than-higher dharma-phrases, the expounding of the ocean of differing dharma-phrases, the expounding of the ocean of all differing dharma-phrases;

“they are able universally to enter deeply into the ocean of the spells and arts of all the worlds, the wheel of the adornment of all sounds, the utmost bound of all the differing wheels of letters—merits such as these, how could I now know them, how could I expound them?

Pointing to the Next Friend (Chengguan's outline): Going South to the Village of Abiding Grove to Find the Elder Liberation

“Son of good family! Journeying south from here, there is a village named Abiding Grove; there is an elder there named Liberation. Go to him and ask: how is a bodhisattva to cultivate the practice of a bodhisattva? How is a bodhisattva to accomplish the practice of a bodhisattva? How is a bodhisattva to gather the practice of a bodhisattva? How is a bodhisattva to ponder the practice of a bodhisattva?”

Cherishing His Virtue, Bowing, and Taking Leave (Chengguan's outline): Weeping and Sobbing as He Departs

At that time, the youth Sudhana, on account of the good friend, gave rise deeply to reverence toward the dharma of all-knowing wisdom, deeply planted pure faith, and deeply increased his own benefit; he bowed to the feet of Megha, wept and sobbed, circled him measureless times, and cherished and gazed up at him, then took his leave, withdrew, and went on.

義疏Exposition

起手:善財為什麼先「念前法」才動身

善財離開善住比丘之後,經文不是立刻寫他上路,先寫了一段心行:「爾時,善財童子一心正念法光明法門,深信趣入,專念於佛,不斷三寶,歎離欲性」,一直到「究竟思惟諸法自性」。

澄觀科此為『依教趣求』的第一節,並判其開合:「十句,初總,即前所得法門;「深信」已下皆別起觀修。」意思是——第一句「一心正念法光明法門」是總,說所念的是什麼;「深信趣入」以下九句都是別,說怎麼念。

法藏《探玄記》則把這十句分成五對來讀:「十句中,初二句念所得所具、次「正念佛」下二句念所歸所離、次「念善知識」下二句念所求所度、次「於一切」下二句明護煩惱行、後「悉能」下二句護小乘行。」一家作一總九別,一家作兩兩成對,數與屬都不同,各是一軌。

要排一個誤解:善財不是『帶著上一課的筆記去上下一課』。經文用的是「正念」與「深信趣入」——是把前一門法真正修進去,而不是記住。落到地上:這一段是全部五十三參的通則——沒有把前一位所授的法消化成自己的行,去見下一位也只是換一個場面。

念前法的六組:別起觀修,一組一件事

澄觀說「深信」以下皆是別起觀修,法藏則把十句配成五對。無論取哪一軌,這一段都不是一串形容詞——它是善財動身之前所作的六件事,逐件可以自查。

第一件是「專念於佛,不斷三寶」。所念的是佛,而所續的是三寶——念佛不是只繫一佛之名,是令佛法僧三者在自己身上不斷。要排一個誤解:以為念佛與護持三寶是兩件事,一是內心,一是外事。經文把它們寫成一句:念得住的人,三寶才在他身上不斷。落到地上:離開一位善知識而去見下一位,中間這一段路上三寶若斷了,所謂求法就只是走路。

第二件是「歎離欲性」。歎是稱歎,離欲性是離欲之性——所歎的不是一個修得多好的人,是離欲這件事本身的性。前一位善住比丘是出家相,此友則是市肆中的俗士;善財在動身之際先歎離欲之性,是把所學之法與所遇之相分開:離欲不繫在形相上,繫在性上。

第三件是「念善知識普照三世」。念的是善知識,而所加的四字是「普照三世」——不是念某一位,是念善知識這一事貫於過去現在未來。落到地上:把善知識只當作眼前這一位,遇著則喜、別後則忘,這一念就只在現在一世;經文所念的是三世之普照。

第四件是「憶諸大願普救眾生」。憶是不忘,所憶的是大願,而所指的是普救眾生。此句與前句相對:前句念的是能授法的人,此句憶的是所要度的眾生。一上一下,才是完整的發心。

第五件是「不著有為」。前四件都是所念所憶,此一件是所不著——有為之法,作了就有相,有相就容易著。經文緊接在大願之後說不著有為,正是防大願自身成為所著之相。排一個誤解:以為不著有為就是不作有為之事。經文說的是不著,不是不作;作而不著,才是這一句。

第六件是「究竟思惟諸法自性」。思惟不是想,是觀;所觀的是諸法自性,而加一個「究竟」二字——不停在半路。前五件是行的準備,此一件是見的準備;有見而後行不盲,有行而後見不空。

六件合起來看,次第是分明的:先立所念之根(佛與三寶),次正其所歎之性(離欲),次通其所念之人(善知識三世),次起其所憶之願(普救眾生),次除其所著之相(有為),末窮其所觀之理(諸法自性)。落到地上:這六件不必等到出門才作,它們本身就是前一門法被真正消化的樣子;六件作得住,路才走得動。

「悉能嚴淨一切世界,於一切佛眾會道場心無所著」:念到後來反而是不著

念前法十句的末二句最值得停一下:「悉能嚴淨一切世界,於一切佛眾會道場心無所著」。

前一句是能——莊嚴清淨一切世界;後一句是不著——連佛的眾會道場都不執著。這兩句放在一起才完整:能嚴淨而不著所嚴淨,能赴道場而不著道場。若只有前句,是功德的堆積;若只有後句,是無事可作的空。排一個誤解:讀到「心無所著」就以為是叫人淡漠,經文緊接著寫他「漸次南行,至自在城,求覓彌伽」——不著,正是還能一直走下去的原因。

「漸次南行」:趣求後友的四個字

依教趣求的第二節,經文只有一句:「漸次南行,至自在城,求覓彌伽。」

「漸次」二字是本品五十三參的定式——不是一步到位,是一段一段地行。「求覓」二字也要留意:善財不是被引見,是自己去找。落到地上:善知識雖由前友指示,路仍要自己走完;被指出方向與親自到達,中間隔著一段誰也代不了的路。

「於市肆中」:說法的地方是市集

見敬諮問的第一節是「見」。經文寫得極具體:「乃見其人於市肆中,坐於說法師子之座,十千人眾所共圍遶,說輪字莊嚴法門。」

四件事:地點是市肆——市集的店鋪之間;座是說法師子之座;眾是十千人;所說是輪字莊嚴法門。

李通玄就這個地點單獨立了一義,謂善財「於市肆之上見彌伽長者說輪字經」正表「生死市󱈎閙而常寂」:市集之喧鬧表生死,而在其中安坐說法即表鬧中之寂。這是李通玄的表法讀,不是經文自說。

要排一個誤解:以為修行的道場必在山林。此位善知識既非比丘亦不在寺,就坐在市集裡說法——而其所說是最精微的字輪之教。落到地上:地點不決定法的高下;能在最吵的地方安坐說法,本身就是所說之法的證明。

「聖者」與「我已先發」:問法之前先報自己的位置

「敬」一節極短:「時,善財童子頂禮其足,遶無量匝,於前合掌」——頂禮、繞匝、合掌三事。

接著是「諮問」。澄觀判諮問「於中二:先自陳發心:後「而我」下正問。」善財先說的不是問題,是自己的位置:「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」。

這一句在本節裡是關節——正因為他先報了這一句,才引出彌伽的審定,才引出下座禮拜的整段。落到地上:問法之前先誠實說明自己站在哪裡,問才問得準;把自己藏起來的問,答的人也接不住。

十二問(一)總二句:學菩薩行、修菩薩道

正問共十二句。澄觀判「有十二句,初二句總、餘十句別」。總的兩句是:「而我未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」

一「學」一「修」,一「行」一「道」。學與修的分別在:學是取法於外,修是成之於內;行與道的分別在:行是所作的事,道是所由的路。兩句合起來就是整個菩薩因位的全問。排一個誤解:以為這兩句只是客套的開場。其下十句全是這兩句的細目——十句別問,句句都在答『學什麼、修什麼』。

十二問(二)別十句之竪配:澄觀把十問配成十地

十句別問,澄觀給了兩種讀法:「釋通橫竪,橫釋可知,竪配十地」。橫是十句平列,各為一義;竪是十句依次配十地。這個竪配是澄觀的科,經文並不自標。

第一問「云何流轉於諸有趣常不忘失菩提之心?」——在六道流轉之中而菩提心不失。澄觀竪配作「一證發心故不退」。問的重點在「流轉」二字:不是在清淨處守心,是在諸有趣中不失心。落到地上:檢驗發心的地方從來不是靜坐,是在最容易忘掉它的境界裡。

第二問「云何得平等意堅固不動?」——澄觀配為「二不誤犯故」。平等意不是沒有分別的能力,是不因對象的高下而移動自己。堅固不動繫在「意」上,不繫在境上。

第三問「云何獲清淨心無能沮壞?」——澄觀配為「三得禪定故」。「沮壞」是外來的挫敗與破壞;清淨心之所以無能沮壞,在於它不從外物取得支撐。

第四問「云何生大悲力恒不勞疲?」——澄觀配為「四精進故」。要看清楚問的是「大悲力」,不是大悲心。悲是心,力是能持久的心。經文自己點破了難處:「恒不勞疲」——悲之難不在生起,在不疲。

第五問「云何入陀羅尼普得清淨?」——澄觀配為「五入俗故須總持」。陀羅尼是總持,總持一切法而不忘失。澄觀繫其所以要總持的理由於「入俗」:要進入世間應機說法,所以必須持得住無量的法。這一問與本節所授的妙音陀羅尼正相呼應——善財所問的,正是彌伽所得的。

第六問「云何發生智慧廣大光明,於一切法離諸暗障?」——澄觀配為「六般若現故」。此問以光明對暗障,所離的是「一切法」上的暗,不是某一法上的暗。

第七問「云何具無礙解辯才之力,決了一切甚深義藏?」——澄觀配為「七權實雙行為甚深義,得觀察智慧地故,具足辯才」。無礙解與辯才是一對:解是自己了達,辯才是能為他說。澄觀把「甚深義」釋為權實雙行——既照實理又不礙權設,這才是難處。

第八問「云何得正念力,憶持一切差別法輪?」——澄觀配為「八無功用方為正念」。所憶持的是「差別法輪」:法不是一味的,隨機而異,要一一持住。而澄觀指出真正的正念是無功用的——要刻意提起的,還不到。

第九問「云何得淨趣力,於一切趣普演諸法?」——澄觀配為「九力增上故」。「趣」是眾生的趣類,「淨趣力」是能清淨地入於一切趣而不被趣所染的力。前面第一問說「流轉於諸有趣」是不失心,此問則進一步——不但不失,還要在其中普演諸法。

第十問「云何得智慧力,於一切法悉能決定分別其義?」——澄觀配為「十智增上故」。以「決定分別其義」收尾:不是模稜的了解,是能決斷。十問由不退發心起,至決定分別義止,正是一條由淺入深的線。

排一個誤解:把這十句讀成十個並列的願望。澄觀既給了竪配,就是說它們有次第;就算不取竪配而取橫釋,十句所問也都繫在同一件事上——菩薩怎麼在世間裡把心保住並用出去。

審定:先問他是不是真發了心

彌伽的第一句話不是說法,是反問:「善男子!汝已發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心耶?」善財答:「唯!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」

澄觀科此為『審定』——授法之前先審定法器。這一問一答表面重複了善財剛說過的話,其實是把那句話從自陳轉成當面的承當:自己說是一回事,被善知識當面問而答「唯」,是另一回事。落到地上:發心要經得起被問。

下座禮拜:師禮資的道理與界限

審定之後是本節最特別的一幕:「彌伽遽即下師子座,於善財所五體投地,散金銀華無價寶珠」,並以碎末栴檀、種種衣與香華供養。

說法的人走下座來,向求法的童子行最重的禮並且供養。澄觀直接解釋這件事的理據:「所以師禮資者,以菩提心是佛因故,能廣出生諸功德故。」——所禮的不是善財這個人,是他身上那顆菩提心;因為菩提心是成佛之因,一切功德由此出生。

澄觀並引論為證,說禮初發心者「如人禮白分初月,不禮滿月,以希現故,滿月由此故。」白分初月是月初的細細一鉤——不禮已圓的滿月而禮初月,一因初月希有難見,二因滿月正是從初月來的。又引「發心畢竟二不別,如是二心先心難。」初發之心與畢竟成佛之心,論其體無二,而先那一念更難。

這裡要分清兩件事。澄觀在疏中所引的兩處,不是同一類:前一處引的是論,後一處引的是經。澄觀自己的鈔把這一點說破了——先是正釋,說「以敬法重人故」;其下的引證有二,一引論,二引經,而所引之經是《涅槃》卷三十七迦葉讚佛之文。疏中所見只有三句,鈔並補出它的具文,後面還有「初發已為天人師,勝出聲聞及緣覺,如是發心過三界,是故得名最無上」四句。排一個誤解:以為「發心畢竟二不別」這四句是本經之語。不是——它是《涅槃》之文而由澄觀引來釋此段;本經自有〈初發心功德品〉廣說此義,是另一條線。落到地上:讀疏要看清哪一句是疏家自己的話、哪一句是他所引的論、哪一句是他所引的經;三者的分量不同,混在一起讀,就會把別經之語當成此經自說。

但這一禮有界限。澄觀立刻補了一段:「況未說法未定為師,後授己法方升本座,不乖重法。」——禮的時候還沒開始說法,師資的名分未定;等到要授自己的法門了,他就回到本座上說,這樣才不違背『重法』。禮是禮人心中的佛因,說法是說法,兩事不相奪。

澄觀還解釋了前面幾位為什麼不這樣做:「前諸知識而不爾者,為僧敬俗,事不便故。」前三友德雲、海雲、善住都是比丘,比丘向在家人行此禮於事不便——這是儀,不是德的高下。

「重法」二字還有一層限定,澄觀在鈔中說得更清楚。他先解疏語:以師禮資,在義上像是自輕,所以要等到昇座才說法,這樣才不乖重法——可見「昇座方說」四字是這一禮能夠成立的條件,不是可有可無的補述。他又引《涅槃》第六為重法之證:知法的人,不論年老年少,都應當供養恭敬禮拜,猶如事火的婆羅門、猶如第二天奉事帝釋;而其下佛自道:這是在經中覆相而說,不為學聲聞的人說,但為菩薩說。澄觀就用這一句來通前面「為僧敬俗事不便」之難:說不便,是約聲聞而說,為的是不令聲聞輕慢佛法;若是菩薩,則常不輕,四眾皆禮,這才是重法。排一個誤解:把「為僧敬俗事不便」讀成僧高俗低的通則。依鈔所釋,那是約聲聞一邊的權說,不是菩薩之常法;而本節彌伽之禮,正是菩薩常不輕那一邊。落到地上:同一件事,在聲聞邊是不便,在菩薩邊是本分——讀到「不便」二字,要先問這句是對誰說的。

排一個誤解:以為這一段在教『老師應該拜學生』。經文與澄觀所指的都不是人與人的高下,是心與位的分際:對菩提心當禮,對法當重,兩者各有其時。落到地上:見人初發心而生輕慢,是本段所破的第一病;因人禮己而自以為高,是第二病。

歎發心(一)初十句:發一念心,成的是什麼

站起來之後,彌伽先總標:「善哉善哉!善男子!乃能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」其下才別歎。

澄觀判別歎的第一節:「初有十句,因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發,而汝能發是謂希奇。」——這十句所說的功德看似極廣大,而澄觀點出關鍵:這些德最終成就時,功要歸到最初那一發。

十句是:「則為不斷一切佛種,則為嚴淨一切佛剎,則為成熟一切眾生,則為了達一切法性,則為悟解一切業種」,以及「則為圓滿一切諸行,則為不斷一切大願,則如實解離貪種性,則能明見三世差別,則令信解永得堅固」。

看這十句的次第:先是佛種、佛剎、眾生——三件對外的大事;次是法性、業種——所了達的理與事;再是諸行、大願——所修所發;末是離貪種性、明見三世、信解堅固——回到自己身上。由外而內,由事而心。

澄觀並指出它的出處呼應:「其相多同〈初發心品〉。此中亦具深直悲心,可以意得。」發心之德,本經前面〈初發心功德品〉已廣說,此處是同一義的再現。

排一個誤解:以為這十句只是形容『將來會成就』。經文用的是「則為」——發心的當下,佛種即已不斷;而澄觀判此十句「因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發」:德是終成的,功歸於初發。落到地上:這十句是給一切自疑『我這樣算發心嗎』的人看的——真發了,因已在此;十德之終成,功要歸到這一發。

同是這十句,法藏讀出來的是另一軌,要與澄觀分開看。法藏所據的是六十本——那邊十句多以『性』字結:佛性、剎性、眾生性、如法性、業性、菩薩行性、大願性、離欲性。十個『性』字擺在那裡,最容易被讀成十種本體。法藏一句話把它轉了過來:『性』在這裡就是因;菩提心本身是因法,所以十句才都說『性』。

轉過來之後,他把十句配成五對:初二句是佛果依正之因——所成的是佛的正報與依報;次二句是所化之因——所成的是眾生得度;次二句是業行之因——所成的是自己的行;次二句是願與智之因,法藏並自釋其相,願是常隨於有、智是恒離於欲,一個不離世間、一個不染世間;末二句是大果之因,所指的就是菩提與涅槃。

兩家在這裡分得很清楚。澄觀說的是時間上的一頭一尾:德是終成的,功歸於初發。法藏說的是因果上的五重所成:一顆菩提心,同時是佛果之因、眾生之因、行之因、願智之因、大果之因。一家答『這德什麼時候成』,一家答『這心是什麼的因』。落到地上:兩軌合看才不偏——只取澄觀,容易把發心讀成一件將來兌現的事;只取法藏,又容易把發心讀成一張因果的清單。

歎發心(二)十王敬護十一句

第二節十一句,澄觀判為「次「則為一切」下十王敬護」。

十句是:「則為一切如來所持,則為一切諸佛憶念,則與一切菩薩平等,則為一切賢聖讚喜,則為一切梵王禮覲」,以及「則為一切天主供養,則為一切夜叉守護,則為一切羅剎侍衛,則為一切龍王迎接,則為一切緊那羅王歌詠讚歎」,末一句「則為一切諸世間主稱揚慶悅」。

次第也有講究:先如來、諸佛、菩薩、賢聖——聖者一邊;次梵王、天主、夜叉、羅剎、龍王、緊那羅王——天龍八部一邊;末以「一切諸世間主稱揚慶悅」總收諸王。而動詞各異:如來是「所持」,諸佛是「憶念」,菩薩是「平等」,賢聖是「讚喜」,其下才是禮覲、供養、守護、侍衛、迎接、歌詠讚歎。愈往上愈內在(持、念),愈往下愈外顯(迎接、歌詠)。

其中「則與一切菩薩平等」一句要單獨看:其餘十句都是他人待我如何,唯獨這一句說的是自己與菩薩的關係——才發心,就與一切菩薩同在一個平面上。這正與彌伽下座禮拜的理由同一件事。

排一個誤解:把這十一句讀成發心之後可以求得的護佑。經文說的是發心這件事本身的分量,不是交換的條件。落到地上:若把它當成求護佑的理由來發心,所發的就不是這一段所歎的那顆心。

歎發心(三)外益眾生一句:令眾生界悉得安隱

前二十一句之後,經文以一句收:「則令一切諸眾生界悉得安隱。」

澄觀判此句為外益眾生:「後「則今一切眾生界」下外益眾生。」初十句說發心之德,次十一句多說諸佛諸王待發心者如何(唯『則與一切菩薩平等』一句說發心者自身與菩薩之關係),這一句轉了向——改說發心者令眾生界如何。「安隱」二字是這一整段稱歎的落點:前面說了那麼多殊勝,最後歸到眾生得安。

「所謂」十一句:把「安隱」二字拆開來說

上一句說「悉得安隱」,經文隨即用「所謂」把它展開,共十一句,句句以「故」結。

前三句是拔苦:「令捨惡趣故,令出難處故,斷一切貧窮根本故」——捨惡趣是離最重的苦,出難處是離八難那樣求法無門的處境,斷貧窮根本則不只是財之貧,是善根之貧。

中三句是與樂並引入法:「生一切天人快樂故,遇善知識親近故,聞廣大法受持故」——由樂而遇友,由遇友而聞法受持。

後五句是純就道說:「生菩提心故,淨菩提心故,照菩薩道故,入菩薩智故,住菩薩地故」——生、淨、照、入、住五個動詞,是一條完整的道次:先生起菩提心,次令它清淨,次照見所行之道,次入於智,末住於地。

要看清這十一句的整體走向:由捨惡趣起,至住菩薩地止,是從最粗的苦一路推到最細的位。而其起點只是一個人發了心。落到地上:這十一句可以逐句自問——我所謂的『為眾生』,是停在前三句的層面,還是走得到後五句。

讚求友:菩薩難遇,而見菩薩者更難

歎發心之後,彌伽轉一個題目:「善男子!應知菩薩所作甚難,難出難值,見菩薩者倍更難有。」

澄觀判此節之意有二:「第二讚求友中,以菩薩難遇而能求能遇,故知善財是深法器。亦預誡求友之心,故解脫處歷十二年不生疲厭。」——一是讚善財能求能遇,二是預先告誡他求友之心要耐得住;澄觀並指出後來善財在解脫長者處經歷十二年而不生疲厭,正是這一誡的應驗。

「見菩薩者倍更難有」一句要細看:難的不是菩薩少,是能認得出菩薩的人少。前面市肆中十千人圍繞,見到彌伽的人不止善財一個,而能以求道之心見他的只有善財。落到地上:善知識常常就在眼前而錯過,錯過的原因多半不在對方難遇,在自己不是以求法之心去看。

歎菩薩之法四句:恃怙·拯濟·依處·救護

彌伽接著正面說菩薩是什麼。先是四句法:「菩薩為一切眾生恃怙,生長成就故;為一切眾生拯濟,拔諸苦難故」,以及「為一切眾生依處,守護世間故;為一切眾生救護,令免怖畏故」。

四句各有其所對:恃怙對的是眾生的無所依(所以說生長成就);拯濟對的是眾生的苦難(所以說拔諸苦難);依處對的是眾生的無處可歸(所以說守護世間);救護對的是眾生的怖畏(所以說令免怖畏)。

四句的句式一律是『為一切眾生某某,某某故』——前半說菩薩之於眾生作什麼,後半說何以能是。排一個誤解:以為這四個詞是同義的堆疊。四者所對治的是四種不同的缺——無依、有苦、無歸、有怖,不可互代。

十三喻:菩薩之用的十三個面

四句法之後是十三喻。澄觀把十三喻繫回前面的四法句:「有十三喻,初二喻恃怙、次四喻拯濟、次君喻依處、餘喻救護。」

十三喻逐字實計是:風輪、大地、大海、淨日、須彌、明月、猛將、君主、猛火、大雲、時雨、船師、橋梁——十三,不多不少。

前二喻承「恃怙」。「菩薩如風輪,持諸世間不令墮落惡趣故」——風輪是持住世界的輪,用一個「持」字;「如大地,增長眾生善根故」——大地不持而生,用一個「增長」字。一持一長,正是「生長成就」四字的兩面。

次四喻承「拯濟」。「如大海,福德充滿無盡故」是量;「如淨日,智慧光明普照故」是照;「如須彌,善根高出故」是高;「如明月,智光出現故」是現。日與月同是光而所取不同:日取普照之遍,月取出現之涼——同一智慧,於熾然處為日,於清涼處為月。

其下「如猛將,摧伏魔軍故」與「如君主,佛法城中得自在故」:一是能戰,一是能治。澄觀以君喻繫「依處」——城中有主,才是可依之處。

「如猛火,燒盡眾生我愛心故」一句最利。所燒的不是煩惱的枝葉,是「我愛心」——愛自己的那一念根。經文用「燒盡」,不是減損。

末四喻是雨與渡。「如大雲,降霔無量妙法雨故」是能降;「如時雨,增長一切信根芽故」是應時——雨要下在對的時候才長芽,所以特別標一個「時」字;「如船師,示導法海津濟處故」是知渡口;「如橋梁,令其得度生死海故」是自身作渡。船師與橋梁是一對:一個是人,一個是物;一個指路,一個承載。

排一個誤解:把十三喻讀成十三個讚美。每一喻底下都繫著一個「故」,說的是菩薩的具體作用;十三喻合起來是一份菩薩之用的清單,不是形容詞。落到地上:可以拿這十三句自對——今日於眾生,我是持、是長、是照,還是一樣也不是。

結歎現通:從面門出光

讚歎完了,經文轉入授法。第一節是現通:「彌伽如是讚歎善財,令諸菩薩皆歡喜已,從其面門出種種光,普照三千大千世界。」

澄觀判授法有二節:「第二「彌伽如是讚歎」下授己法門,中二:先現通益物,令其目覩;後「彌伽於是還升」下升座說授,令其聽聞。」——先放光讓人看見,後升座讓人聽見。一目一耳,是授法的兩門。

要留意光是從「面門」出的,不是從頂或足;而所照是三千大千世界,不止當場的十千人。

現通攝化:來的是龍神乃至梵天

光照之後,「其中眾生遇斯光已,諸龍神等乃至梵天悉皆來至彌伽之所。彌伽大士即以方便,為開示、演說、分別、解釋輪字品莊嚴法門。」

四個動詞要分開看:開示是揭開,演說是鋪陳,分別是條理,解釋是釋疑——一門法要這四道手續才交得出去。而所用的是「方便」二字:對象是龍神梵天而不是人,所以要以方便。

這裡出現的法門名是「輪字品莊嚴法門」,前面市肆中所說是「輪字莊嚴法門」——同一門而經文兩處字形不同,照錄不齊。

得益:聞法而得不退轉

「彼諸眾生聞此法已,皆於阿耨多羅三藐三菩提得不退轉。」

一句話,卻是整段現通的結果。要看清因果:不是見光得不退轉,是「聞此法已」得不退轉。光只是集眾的方便,益在法。落到地上:感應、光明、境界之類都是接引的門,門不是屋子;停在門口而不進去,什麼也沒得到。

還昇本座:妙音陀羅尼是什麼

「彌伽於是還昇本座,告善財言:「善男子!我已獲得妙音陀羅尼。」」——先前為禮菩提心而下座,如今為授法而還座,正是澄觀所謂「後授己法方升本座,不乖重法」。

所得之用是:「能分別知三千大千世界中諸天語言,諸龍、夜叉、乾闥婆、阿脩羅、迦樓羅、緊那羅、摩睺羅伽、人與非人及諸梵天所有語言。」——通一切類的語言。

澄觀釋此門之體,並指出它與市肆所說之輪字是一法:「妙音陀羅尼者標名,「能分別」下顯用。此妙音持,即前輪字法門。然字即四十二字,音即十四音,謂哀阿億伊等,以十四音遍入諸字,故出字無盡。」——字有四十二,音有十四,十四音遍入諸字,所以出字無窮;出字無窮,故一切語言無不能通。澄觀並結曰「二處互舉,理實相成。」市肆之「輪字」與座上之「妙音」,是同一門法的兩個名。

澄觀又解釋這一位為什麼說字輪之法:「所以次前而辨斯者,前無礙解脫即無相智光,今將入俗兼存有無,寄字表義。」前一位善住比丘所得是無相的智光,此位將要入俗度生,故須借字相以表義。而「聖教中生,宜持字故」一句,正扣「生貴住」之名——生在佛家,所以宜持教之字。

排一個誤解:以為通一切語言是一種神通式的能力。依澄觀所釋,它的根在字與音的窮盡,是一門法的自然之用,不是別立的異能。落到地上:語言之隔常被當成外緣,此門指出隔的根在自己於字義未窮。

字輪之教:輪的三義、阿字與五輪

彌伽在市肆所說的是輪字莊嚴法門,還座所授的是妙音陀羅尼——澄觀已說二者是一法之二名。那麼「輪」字究竟何解?澄觀先錄賢首所引日照三藏之三義:「一約字相,《楞伽》中云『字輪圓滿猶如象迹』等。二約所詮,盡理圓備,如輪滿足。三約用,謂妙音陀羅尼,有轉授義、滅惑義,如法輪等。」

三義要分清,它們不是三種輪,是一個輪的三面。字相是形:象跡之所以為喻,在於它圓滿具足,一印而全體皆現。所詮是義:所詮之理盡而圓備,如輪之滿而不缺——不是形圓,是義圓。用是能:既能轉授,又能滅惑,所以說如法輪。排一個誤解:以為「字輪」是一種形狀的安排。依三義,形只是第一義;若只取形而不取所詮與用,則字輪只是圖樣,不是法門。落到地上:一句教法拿在手上,可以就這三面自問——它的形是否具足、它的義是否圓備、它是否真能轉授與滅惑。三面俱足,才是輪。

澄觀錄畢三義而評曰「此釋已佳」,其下復自引《毘盧遮那經》〈字輪品〉為助。所引之義有三層。第一層是總說:住此字輪法門者,「始從初發妙菩提心,乃至成佛,於是中間所有一切自利利他種種事業皆得成就」——由初發心至成佛,中間一切自利利他之事都在這一門之內。第二層是阿字:最初的阿字即是菩提之心;若觀此字而與之相應,「即同毘盧遮那法身之體」。而所引又以孔雀尾為喻:「謂此阿字輪,猶如孔雀尾輪光明圍繞,行者而住其中,即是住於佛位。」孔雀開屏,尾羽成輪而光明圍繞,中心是那一點;阿字當中而餘字繞之,行者所住即是那個中心。要留意這一喻所取的不是華美,是中心與圍繞的關係。

第三層是三部與五輪。阿、娑、嚩三字總攝三部:阿字繫如來部,娑字繫蓮華部,嚩字繫金剛部;而隨一部之中皆有五字。所謂字輪者,是從此輪轉而生諸字輪,取的是「生」的意思。以阿字為例,從阿這一菩提之字轉生四字:第一是修行輪,既已發心,必修諸行;第二是成菩提輪,既修行已,必證菩提;第三是大寂滅涅槃輪,是菩提之所至;第四是方便輪。阿字居中,四字繞之,從下依次右旋,也像輪相。舉一為例,其餘的字都照此推。

這五位——發心、修行、成菩提、涅槃、方便——正是一條完整的道次,而它被寫成一個輪而不是一條線。要看清這一點:線有始終,輪則轉而復始;到了涅槃不是停住,其下還有方便輪,是從證處再回到度生。排一個誤解:以為字輪是密語的排列而與行門無關。依所引之文,字輪所表的正是發心到方便的全程;字是所寄,行是所表。所以澄觀在後面說,此位之所以要說字輪,是因為前一位所得是無相智光,此位將要入俗,故須寄字以表義。而「種種布列員位,故名莊嚴」一句是收:布列的不是裝飾,是位——每一字各有其位,位定而後成輪,成輪而後名莊嚴。

落到地上:這一門法看似最玄,其實所教的是一件極實的事——把自己的整條路看成一個輪:發了心就得修行,修行了就得證,證了不能停在證上,還要有方便回來。哪一個字空了,輪就轉不動。

例明所遍:一個大千如此,一切世界皆然

「如此三千大千世界,十方無數乃至不可說不可說世界,悉亦如是。」

一句例明。所得之用若只在一個大千之內,仍是有限之法;此句把它推到不可說不可說的世界。要留意經文的推法是「悉亦如是」——不是更多更大,是同一件事的普遍。

謙己:我唯知此一門

「善男子!我唯知此菩薩妙音陀羅尼光明法門。」

澄觀判『謙己推勝』有二節,先謙己結前:「第四「善男子我唯」下謙己推勝,中二:先謙己結前。言光明者,智鑒妙音故。」——法門名此處多了「光明」二字,澄觀釋為以智鑒照妙音,故名光明。

這一句是本節謙己之結:彌伽授完己法之後,即說我唯知此一門。排一個誤解:把它讀成謙虛的客套。它是位次的實說——寄位之友各得一門,並不自以為全;也正因不自以為全,才有指示後友的下一段。

推勝十四句:諸菩薩所入的海

謙己之後是推勝。澄觀判「別有十四句,前四可知,五詮深密故、六無餘說故、七法融時法故、八勝故、九勝中勝故,次三可知,十三十四即前所得」。

前四句是:「能普入一切眾生種種想海、種種施設海、種種名號海、種種語言海」——想、施設、名號、語言,由內而外:先是眾生心中的想,次是安立的施設,次是名號,末是語言。四者是名言的四層。

中七句是法句海:「說一切深密法句海、說一切究竟法句海、說一所緣中有一切三世所緣法句海、說上法句海、說上上法句海、說差別法句海、說一切差別法句海」。澄觀逐一繫其義:五是詮深密,六是無餘說,七是法融時法——一個所緣之中含攝三世的所緣,是法與時互融,八與九是勝與勝中勝;其下澄觀作「次三可知」——即第十差別法句海、第十一一切差別法句海、第十二呪術海三句。

第五句之「深密」,澄觀於鈔中又開三義:一是「詮於理智,即事而真」,即在事相上直見其真,如三德涅槃之稱為祕密藏;二是「密意故」,說者別有所指,不在言表;三是「具三密故」。三義不是三種深密,是同一深密的三個入處——第一從所詮之理說,第二從能說之意說,第三從身口意三業之密說。排一個誤解:以為「深密」只是『很深』的意思。依鈔所開,深是理之深,密是意之隱與三業之秘;深而不密,是難懂而已,密而不深,是隱語而已,二者合而後成此句之義。落到地上:讀一句教說覺得「深」的時候,要再問一句——深在理,還是密在意;這一問,正是此句所以列在推勝十四句之第五的理由。

末後三句是:「能普入一切世間呪術海、一切音聲莊嚴輪、一切差別字輪際」。澄觀說「十三十四即前所得」——音聲莊嚴輪與差別字輪際,正是彌伽自己所得的妙音與輪字;而他把自己所得的也放進了「諸菩薩摩訶薩」的名下,說我不能知不能說。

末後「際」字澄觀特別點出:「而言際者,窮理盡性故。」不是邊際的際,是窮盡之際。

推勝以一問收:「如是功德,我今云何能知能說?」——能知、能說二者同在一問之中;諸菩薩之功德非己所能盡知,亦非己所能盡說。落到地上:一個人肯說自己的一門是諸菩薩無盡功德中的一句,這句謙才是真的;把自己所得說成全部,是本段所破。

指示後友:南行住林,長者解脫

「善男子!從此南行,有一聚落,名曰:住林;彼有長者,名曰:解脫。」

澄觀連後友之名義也預先解了:「住林者,方便具足住,眾德建立故。」——住林之名表下一位所寄之位;「年耆德艾、事長於人,故稱長者。於其身內現無邊佛境,定用自在,故名解脫。」長者之稱從年德來,解脫之名從他身內現無邊佛境、定用自在來。

所囑之問是四句:「汝詣彼問:菩薩云何修菩薩行?菩薩云何成菩薩行?菩薩云何集菩薩行?菩薩云何思菩薩行?」——修、成、集、思四字。要注意這四問與善財自己在本節所問的十二句不同:本節善財問的是「學菩薩行」「修菩薩道」,而彌伽教他去問的是修、成、集、思。前友為後友定問題,是本品的定式;問題被替換得更細,即是位次的進。

戀德禮辭:涕泗悲泣的理由

末段:「爾時,善財童子以善知識故,於一切智法,深生尊重,深植淨信,深自增益;禮彌伽足,涕泗悲泣,遶無量匝,戀慕瞻仰,辭退而行。」

前半三句說所得:尊重、淨信、增益,三者都繫在「以善知識故」——不是自力所生,是因善知識而生。後半五事說禮辭:禮足、涕泣、繞匝、瞻仰、辭行。

要解釋「涕泗悲泣」四字。既已得法,何以悲?此非失意之悲,是恩重與別離並在一處。落到地上:本節開頭是善知識向求法者下拜,結尾是求法者向善知識涕泣——一部經把師資之間的兩種極致都寫在同一段裡,而中間所授的不過是一門字與音之法。法之所以傳得下去,兩頭的這兩種心缺一不可。

承衍

本節之文,向下所開之流不在論典,在名與位兩條線上。

其一是名之線。本友之名,八十本作「彌伽」,法藏《探玄記》作「彌加」並釋曰「彌加者,此翻名雲,謂能注法雨潤益眾生故名也」;智儼《孔目章》善知識名列(原表四十六項)之正文作「五名彌伽良醫」,名同八十本;「良醫」亦是正文而非注,名下夾注作〔此方名多雲〕,良醫下夾注作〔祝藥者說藥也〕,「良醫」之稱取自六十本。六十本此友通稱良醫,法藏並記其種類之號:「以此良醫者,天竺本名達閉多。」二譯與二疏之名各有其形,並錄不判。所授之法門名亦異:八十本作妙音陀羅尼,六十本作所言不虛法門——法藏所錄輪字三義之第三約用,即依六十本之名而說。

其二是位之線。本友寄生貴住,此判出於古德配位,經文不自標。法藏繫其表法於國城之名:「又表此位中種姓尊貴生在佛家,是故國名自在。」又釋城名呪藥曰「說輪字法破餘煩惱,如藥療餘病」,以醫與藥貫穿此位。李通玄則另立一軌,繫此位於「明對治世間法則,及生死煩闠不自在障,令自在故」,而以市肆說法表「生死市󱈎閙而常寂」,以一字含無盡字句表「如帝釋寶網互為緣起,映徹重重」。一家從種姓尊貴讀,一家從對治世間讀,各是一軌,誌錄之,不判高下。

李通玄說主伴,不是只說一個譬喻。前面說到帝網重重相映,那是喻;喻底下他自己給了理由,而這理由要連著讀才站得住。他先立一對:說世間諸法沒有的時候,就以『無名字』為主,而以一切出世間法為莊嚴;說出世間法沒有的時候,就反過來以一切世間為莊嚴。主與伴不是定的,是隨所說而互換的——所以他接著說『如是互為主伴、互為莊嚴』。

主伴之所以能互換,理由在下一句:『有無緣起皆無自性』。有與無都是緣起,緣起就沒有自己固定的體;沒有固定的體,才有得互為主伴。李通玄把這個無自性一路推到三處:眾生無自性、名字無自性、言音無自性——所以一個音聲可以說無量名,無量名字又總是一字;名字自身沒有能分別、所分別的性相,所以不礙。

推到最後是說法這一邊。正因為聲、名、眾生三者都無自性,才說得出『無聲之聲、無名之名、無說之說』——既然沒有實有的說者與受者,說法就不被說法所礙,隨六道眾生之類音而說,各令歡喜。李通玄自己把這一串收在一句上:一字之中遍含多字之義,互為主伴,而彼此又各不相知,無彼無此。

要排一個誤解:把『互為主伴』讀成一種排列的巧妙。依李通玄之理,主伴能互換,靠的不是排得巧,是三處無自性;若名字有自性,一字就只是一字,含不得多字,也就沒有主伴可言。落到地上:這一段是本節法門名的理由——所以此門叫作妙音,而不叫作多音。

李通玄於〈入法界品〉逐文釋處,別有一段專釋本節,其釋與前二家又自成一軌。名之一事,他不但釋而且釋得最細:「彌伽,此云能伏」——所伏者是「邪見異論」,而所以能伏,是因為「出世智已恒現前、世間智已得具足,真俗二智已滿」。此友之名,法藏繫於「雲」,李通玄則先繫於「能伏」而後兼存「亦名為雲」二形。城名自在,他亦不取法藏之呪藥城解,而繫於「於世名言義智自在」——正扣本節所授之字與音。下座禮拜一事,他所給的理由亦與澄觀異:澄觀繫於「菩提心是佛因」,李通玄繫於二智之位次,謂彌伽之敬「以表俗諦差別智敬真諦根本智,以俗智是根本智中起故」。又此位之所以配精進波羅蜜、所以以俗士而非比丘表之,亦出他手:「前三善友明出世智慧,明三比丘表之。此彌伽及解脫長者二人,明處世間解脫故,還以俗士表之。」一家從佛因讀,一家從二智讀,一家從波羅蜜與身分讀,各是一軌,誌錄之,不判高下。

科文之分,澄觀開六分,法藏就六十本開五分,智儼就六十本開三分而於依教趣入下更立七節。念前法十句之開合,澄觀作一總九別,法藏作兩兩五對。所得之數與所屬俱異,皆古德成說。

至於澄觀所引以釋此段之三典——釋禮初發心者所引之《法界無差別論》、釋字輪如象迹所引之《楞伽》、釋阿字輪與三部五字所引之《毘盧遮那經》〈字輪品〉——皆由澄觀轉引,本節之繫鏈唯在此轉引之內。十地經論與《華嚴經旨歸》《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》《華嚴一乘十玄門》《華嚴法界玄鏡》四典,皆無本節之名與位之文。

轉引之外還有一層:澄觀自己的《演義鈔》逐句釋此段之疏,是讀這一節疏文的自釋底料。三典之外,鈔另引《涅槃》二處——卷三十七迦葉讚佛之偈,是疏所引「發心畢竟二不別」之出處;卷六論知法者不論老少皆應禮敬之文,是疏所謂「重法」之所本。是則本節之繫鏈,除澄觀所轉引之三典外,尚有《涅槃》一經之二處,而皆由鈔顯之,不由疏自明。

一節之文,前半是禮,後半是法。禮的是一顆才發的心,法是字與音的窮盡——先承認那一念的分量,才交得出這一門法。彌伽下座又還座的那一起一坐,就是本節的全部。

To Begin: Why Sudhana Is Mindful of the Previous Dharma Before He Sets Out

After Sudhana left the monk Well-Abiding, the sūtra text does not at once write that he took to the road; it first writes a stretch of the workings of his mind: “At that time, the youth Sudhana was single-mindedly and rightly mindful of the dharma gate of the light of the Dharma, deeply believed in it and went toward entering it, was single-mindedly mindful of the Buddha, did not let the Three Jewels be cut off, and praised the nature of freedom from desire,” on down to “he pondered to the utmost the own-nature of the dharmas.”

Chengguan outlines this as the first section of ‘seeking in accord with the teaching,’ and judges how it opens and closes: “Ten sentences: the first is the general, that is, the dharma gate obtained before; from ‘deeply believed’ onward, all are the particular giving rise of contemplation and cultivation.” The meaning is this—the first sentence, “single-mindedly and rightly mindful of the dharma gate of the light of the Dharma,” is the general, telling what it is that is held in mind; and the nine sentences from “deeply believed in it and went toward entering it” onward are all the particular, telling how it is held in mind.

Fazang's Tanxuan ji, on the other hand, reads these ten sentences as five pairs: “Among the ten sentences, the first two sentences are mindfulness of what is obtained and what is possessed; the next two, from ‘rightly mindful of the Buddha’ onward, are mindfulness of what he returns to and what he leaves behind; the next two, from ‘mindful of the good friend’ onward, are mindfulness of what he seeks and whom he delivers; the next two, from ‘toward all’ onward, make clear the guarding against the practices of the afflictions; and the last two, from ‘wholly able’ onward, are the guarding against the practices of the lesser vehicle.” One house makes it one general and nine particulars, the other makes it two and two in pairs; the number and what they attach to are both different, and each is its own track.

A misunderstanding must be set right: Sudhana is not ‘taking the notes of the last lesson to the next lesson.’ What the sūtra text uses is “rightly mindful” and “deeply believed in it and went toward entering it”—it is to cultivate the previous gate of the Dharma truly into oneself, not to remember it. Brought down to the ground: this stretch is the common rule of all fifty-three visits—if one has not digested into one's own practice the Dharma conferred by the previous friend, then going to see the next one is only a change of scene.

The Six Groups of Mindfulness of the Previous Dharma: The Particular Giving Rise of Contemplation, One Group One Thing

Chengguan says that from “deeply believed” onward all is the particular giving rise of contemplation and cultivation, while Fazang matches the ten sentences into five pairs. Whichever track one takes, this stretch is not a string of descriptions—it is the six things Sudhana does before he sets out, and each of them can be examined one by one.

The first is “single-mindedly mindful of the Buddha, not letting the Three Jewels be cut off.” What is held in mind is the Buddha, and what is continued is the Three Jewels—being mindful of the Buddha is not merely fastening upon the name of one Buddha, it is letting the three, Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha, not be cut off upon oneself. A misunderstanding must be set right: taking mindfulness of the Buddha and the upholding of the Three Jewels to be two things, one inward in the mind and one outward in affairs. The sūtra text writes them as a single sentence: only in one who can hold them in mind are the Three Jewels not cut off. Brought down to the ground: in leaving one good friend to go and see the next, if the Three Jewels are cut off along that stretch of road, what is called seeking the Dharma is only walking.

The second is “praised the nature of freedom from desire.” To praise is to extol, and the nature of freedom from desire is the nature of being free of desire—what is praised is not a person who has cultivated well, but the nature of the thing itself. The previous friend, the monk Well-Abiding, wore the marks of one gone forth, while this friend is a layman among the shops of the marketplace; that Sudhana, at the moment of setting out, first praises the nature of freedom from desire is his setting apart the Dharma he studies from the marks of those he meets: freedom from desire is not attached to outward form, it is attached to nature.

The third is “mindful of the good friend, illumining the three times.” What is held in mind is the good friend, and the four words added are “illumining the three times”—it is not being mindful of one particular person, but being mindful that the matter of the good friend runs through past, present, and future. Brought down to the ground: to take the good friend for only the one before one's eyes, rejoicing when met and forgetting when parted, keeps that mindfulness within the present alone; what the sūtra text holds in mind is an illumining that runs through the three times.

The fourth is “held in memory the great vows, universally rescuing beings.” To hold in memory is not to forget, what is held is the great vows, and what is pointed to is the universal rescuing of beings. This sentence answers to the one before: the former is mindful of the one who can confer the Dharma, this holds in memory those who are to be delivered. One upward and one downward—only so is the giving rise of the mind entire.

The fifth is “did not cling to the conditioned.” The four before are all what is held in mind; this one is what is not clung to—conditioned dharmas, once made, have their marks, and where there are marks it is easy to cling. That the sūtra text places non-clinging to the conditioned immediately after the great vows is precisely a guarding against the great vows themselves becoming a mark that is clung to. A misunderstanding must be set right: taking non-clinging to the conditioned to mean not doing conditioned things. What the sūtra text tells of is not clinging, not not doing; to do and yet not cling—that is this sentence.

The sixth is “pondered to the utmost the own-nature of the dharmas.” Pondering is not thinking, it is contemplating; what is contemplated is the own-nature of the dharmas, and the words “to the utmost” are added—one does not stop halfway. The five before are the preparation of practice, this one the preparation of seeing; with seeing, practice is not blind, and with practice, seeing is not empty.

Taken together, the order of the six is plain: first establishing the root of what is held in mind (the Buddha and the Three Jewels), next setting right the nature that is praised (freedom from desire), next opening out the persons held in mind (the good friend through the three times), next raising the vow that is held in memory (universally rescuing beings), next removing the mark that is clung to (the conditioned), and last exhausting the principle that is contemplated (the own-nature of the dharmas). Brought down to the ground: these six need not wait for the setting out to be done—they are themselves what it looks like when the previous gate of the Dharma has truly been digested; only when the six can be held does the road become walkable.

“Wholly Able to Adorn and Purify All Worlds, and Toward the Assemblies and Places of Awakening of All the Buddhas His Mind Had Not the Least Clinging”: Being Mindful to the End Turns Out to Be Non-Clinging

Among the ten sentences of mindfulness of the previous Dharma, the last two are most worth pausing over: “wholly able to adorn and purify all worlds, and toward the assemblies and places of awakening of all the Buddhas his mind had not the least clinging.”

The first sentence is ability—to adorn and purify all worlds; the second is non-clinging—not clinging even to the assemblies and places of awakening of the Buddhas. Only when these two sentences are set together are they complete: able to adorn and purify, and not clinging to what is adorned and purified; able to go to the place of awakening, and not clinging to the place of awakening. If there were only the first sentence, it would be a heaping up of merit; if only the second, it would be an emptiness with nothing to do. A misunderstanding must be set right: reading “his mind had not the least clinging,” one takes it for a call to indifference; but the sūtra text goes straight on to write that he “in this way, stretch by stretch, journeyed south, and came to the city of Sovereignty, searching for Megha”—non-clinging is precisely the reason he can keep walking on.

“In This Way, Stretch by Stretch, He Journeyed South”: The Words of Seeking the Next Friend

The second section of seeking in accord with the teaching has only one sentence in the sūtra text: “In this way, stretch by stretch, he journeyed south, and came to the city of Sovereignty, searching for Megha.”

The words “stretch by stretch” are the fixed form of the fifty-three visits of this chapter—it is not arriving in a single step, but going stretch by stretch. The words “searching for” are also to be noticed: Sudhana is not introduced to him, he goes and finds him himself. Brought down to the ground: though the good friend is pointed out by the previous friend, the road must still be walked to its end by oneself; between having the direction pointed out and arriving in person there lies a stretch that no one can walk for another.

“Among the Shops of the Marketplace”: The Place Where the Dharma Is Told Is a Market

The first section of seeing, paying respect, and inquiring is the seeing. The sūtra text writes it with the utmost concreteness: “Then he saw that man among the shops of the marketplace, seated upon the lion seat for telling the Dharma, with an assembly of ten thousand persons together surrounding him, expounding the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters.”

Four things: the place is the shops of the marketplace—among the stalls of a market; the seat is the lion seat for telling the Dharma; the assembly is ten thousand persons; and what is told is the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters.

Li Tongxuan sets up a separate point upon this place alone, saying that Sudhana “saw the elder Megha upon the shops of the marketplace expounding the sūtra of the wheel of letters” precisely signifies that “the market of birth-and-death is clamorous and yet constantly still”: the clamor of the market signifies birth-and-death, and to sit at ease telling the Dharma within it signifies stillness within the clamor. This is Li Tongxuan's reading of what it signifies; it is not what the sūtra text says of itself.

A misunderstanding must be set right: taking it that a place of practice must be in the mountains and forests. This good friend is neither a monk nor in a monastery; he sits right in the marketplace and tells the Dharma—and what he tells is the most finely subtle teaching of the wheel of letters. Brought down to the ground: the place does not decide whether a Dharma is high or low; to be able to sit at ease and tell the Dharma in the noisiest of places is itself the proof of the Dharma being told.

“Holy One” and “I Have Already Given Rise, Before This”: Before Asking About the Dharma, Report Where You Stand

The section of the “respect” is extremely short: “At that time, the youth Sudhana bowed his head to his feet, circled him measureless times, and joined his palms before him”—bowing the head, circling, and joining the palms, three things.

Next comes the “inquiring.” Chengguan judges the inquiring: “Within it are two: first the stating of his own giving rise to the mind; and after that, from ‘yet I’ onward, the asking directly.” What Sudhana states first is not a question but where he himself stands: “Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”

This one sentence is the joint of this section—precisely because he first reported this sentence, Megha's determining is drawn out, and the whole stretch of coming down from the seat and bowing is drawn out. Brought down to the ground: before asking about the Dharma, say honestly where you are standing, and only then does the asking hit its mark; a question that hides oneself away cannot be caught by the one who answers.

The Twelve Questions (one) The Two General Sentences: Studying the Practice of a Bodhisattva, Cultivating the Path of a Bodhisattva

The asking directly comes to twelve sentences in all. Chengguan judges: “There are twelve sentences: the first two sentences are general, and the remaining ten are particular.” The two general sentences are: “Yet I still do not know: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva? How is he to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?”

One is “study” and one is “cultivate”; one is “practice” and one is “path.” The difference between studying and cultivating is this: studying takes the model from without, cultivating accomplishes it within; and the difference between practice and path is this: practice is the work that is done, the path is the road by which one goes. The two sentences taken together are the whole question about the entire causal stage of a bodhisattva. A misunderstanding must be set right: taking these two sentences for a mere courteous opening. The ten sentences below them are all the detailed items of these two—ten particular questions, and every sentence is answering ‘what is to be studied, what is to be cultivated.’

The Twelve Questions (two) The Vertical Matching of the Ten Particulars: Chengguan Matches the Ten Questions to the Ten Grounds

For the ten particular questions Chengguan gives two readings: “The gloss runs both crosswise and lengthwise; the crosswise gloss can be known, and lengthwise they are matched to the ten grounds.” Crosswise means the ten sentences laid out level, each being one meaning; lengthwise means the ten sentences matched in order to the ten grounds. This lengthwise matching is Chengguan's outline; the sūtra text does not mark it of itself.

The first question, “How, while turning about among the various destinies of existence, is he constantly not to forget the mind of awakening?”—amid turning about in the six destinies, the mind of awakening is not lost. Chengguan matches it lengthwise as “one, because realizing the giving rise of the mind, therefore no retrogression.” The weight of the question lies in the words “turning about”: it is not guarding the mind in a pure place, it is not losing the mind among the various destinies of existence. Brought down to the ground: the place where the giving rise of the mind is tested has never been sitting in stillness, but the very realms where it is easiest to forget it.

The second question, “How is he to obtain a mind of equality, firm and unmoving?”—Chengguan matches it as “two, because of not transgressing by mistake.” A mind of equality is not the absence of the ability to distinguish; it is not moving oneself on account of the height or lowness of the object. The firmness and unmovingness are attached to the “mind,” not to the objective realm.

The third question, “How is he to gain a pure mind that nothing can ruin?”—Chengguan matches it as “three, because of obtaining meditative concentration.” “Ruin” is defeat and destruction coming from without; the reason the pure mind cannot be ruined is that it does not take its support from outward things.

The fourth question, “How is he to give rise to the power of great compassion, constantly without toil or weariness?”—Chengguan matches it as “four, because of vigor.” One must see clearly that what is asked about is the “power of great compassion,” not the mind of great compassion. Compassion is a mind; power is the mind that can last. The sūtra text itself points out where the difficulty lies: “constantly without toil or weariness”—the difficulty of compassion is not in giving rise to it, but in not wearying.

The fifth question, “How is he to enter the dhāraṇī and universally to obtain purity?”—Chengguan matches it as “five, because entering the worldly, therefore he must hold all together.” Dhāraṇī is holding all together, holding all dharmas together and not forgetting them. Chengguan attaches the reason why one must hold all together to “entering the worldly”: to enter the world and tell the Dharma according to what meets one, one must be able to hold measureless dharmas. This question answers exactly to the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī conferred in this section—what Sudhana asks about is precisely what Megha has obtained.

The sixth question, “How is he to give rise to the vast light of wisdom, leaving behind the dark obstructions upon all dharmas?”—Chengguan matches it as “six, because wisdom appears.” This question sets light against dark obstruction, and what is left behind is the darkness upon “all dharmas,” not the darkness upon some one dharma.

The seventh question, “How is he to be complete in the power of unobstructed understanding and eloquence, deciding and knowing all the storehouses of the most profound meaning?”—Chengguan matches it as “seven, because the twofold practice of the expedient and the real is the most profound meaning, and because he obtains the ground of the wisdom of observation, he is complete in eloquence.” Unobstructed understanding and eloquence are a pair: understanding is one's own penetration, eloquence is being able to tell it for others. Chengguan glosses “the most profound meaning” as the twofold practice of the expedient and the real—illumining the real principle and yet not obstructing the expedient setting-up; this is where the difficulty lies.

The eighth question, “How is he to obtain the power of right mindfulness, holding in memory all the differing wheels of the Dharma?”—Chengguan matches it as “eight, only the effortless is right mindfulness.” What is held in memory is the “differing wheels of the Dharma”: the Dharma is not of one flavor, it differs according to what meets it, and each must be held. And Chengguan points out that true right mindfulness is effortless—what must be deliberately raised up has not yet arrived.

The ninth question, “How is he to obtain the power of pure entering, universally expounding the dharmas among all the destinies?”—Chengguan matches it as “nine, because of the increase of power.” “Destinies” are the destinies of beings, and the “power of pure entering” is the power to enter purely into all the destinies without being defiled by the destinies. The first question above speaks of “turning about among the various destinies of existence” as not losing the mind; this question goes a step further—not only not losing it, but universally expounding the dharmas within them.

The tenth question, “How is he to obtain the power of wisdom, being able upon all dharmas decisively to distinguish their meaning?”—Chengguan matches it as “ten, because of the increase of wisdom.” It closes with “decisively to distinguish their meaning”: not an ambiguous understanding, but the ability to decide. The ten questions begin from the non-retrogression of the giving rise of the mind and end at the decisive distinguishing of meaning, and this is precisely one line running from the shallow into the deep.

A misunderstanding must be set right: reading these ten sentences as ten wishes laid side by side. Since Chengguan has given the lengthwise matching, he is saying that they have an order; and even if one does not take the lengthwise matching but takes the crosswise gloss, what the ten sentences ask about is all attached to one and the same thing—how a bodhisattva is to keep his mind within the world and put it to use.

The Determining: First Asking Whether He Has Truly Given Rise to the Mind

Megha's first words are not a telling of the Dharma but a question in return: “Son of good family! Have you already given rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi?” Sudhana answers: “Yes! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”

Chengguan outlines this as ‘the determining’—before conferring the Dharma, first determining the vessel of the Dharma. This one question and one answer on the surface repeat what Sudhana has just said, but in fact they turn that sentence from a statement about himself into a taking up of it face to face: to say it oneself is one thing, and to be asked face to face by a good friend and to answer “Yes” is another. Brought down to the ground: the giving rise of the mind must be able to stand being asked about.

Coming Down from the Seat and Bowing: The Reason and the Bounds of the Master Bowing to the Disciple

After the determining comes the most singular scene of this section: “Megha at once came down from the lion seat and, before Sudhana, cast his five limbs to the ground, and scattered golden and silver flowers and priceless jewels,” and made offering with powdered candana, every sort of robe, and incense and flowers.

The one who tells the Dharma walks down from the seat and performs the weightiest of bows to a youth who seeks the Dharma, and makes offerings to him. Chengguan explains the ground of this thing directly: “The reason the master bows to the disciple is that the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood, and because it is able to bring forth all merits widely.”—what is bowed to is not Sudhana as a person, it is that mind of awakening upon him; because the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood, all merits are brought forth from it.

Chengguan further cites a treatise as proof, saying that one who bows to the first giving rise of the mind is “like a man bowing to the first moon of the bright half, and not bowing to the full moon, because it is rare to appear, and because the full moon comes from this.” The first moon of the bright half is the slender crescent at the beginning of the month—not bowing to the moon already full but bowing to the first moon, first because the first moon is rare and hard to see, and second because the full moon comes precisely from the first moon. And he further cites: “The giving rise of the mind and the ultimate are two that are not different, and of these two minds the former is the harder.” The first mind given rise to and the mind of ultimate Buddhahood—as to their substance they are not two, yet that former single thought is the harder.

Here two things must be told apart. The two places Chengguan cites in the Shu are not of one kind: the former cites a treatise, the latter cites a sūtra. Chengguan's own Chao says this outright—first comes the direct gloss, that “he reveres the Dharma and holds the person in weight”; and the adducing of proof beneath it is twofold, the first citing a treatise and the second citing a sūtra, and the sūtra cited is the text of Kāśyapa's praising of the Buddha in fascicle thirty-seven of the Nirvāṇa. Only three sentences of it appear in the Shu; the Chao supplies its full text, where four more sentences follow: “Having first given rise to it, one is already a teacher of gods and men, surpassing the śrāvakas and the pratyekabuddhas; giving rise to the mind in this way passes beyond the three realms, and therefore it is called the utterly unsurpassed.” A misunderstanding must be set right: taking the four sentences “the giving rise of the mind and the ultimate are two that are not different” to be words of this sūtra. They are not—they are text of the Nirvāṇa, brought in by Chengguan to gloss this stretch; this sūtra has its own Chapter on the Merit of the First Giving Rise of the Mind, which tells this meaning at length, and that is another line. Brought down to the ground: in reading a commentary one must see clearly which sentence is the commentator's own word, which is a treatise he cites, and which is a sūtra he cites; the three do not weigh the same, and read together as one they turn the words of another sūtra into what this sūtra says of itself.

But this bow has its bounds. Chengguan at once adds a stretch: “Moreover, before the Dharma is told he is not yet settled as master, and when he comes to confer his own Dharma he returns to his own seat and speaks; thus he does not go against the honoring of the Dharma.”—at the time of the bowing the telling of the Dharma had not yet begun, and the standing of master and disciple was not yet settled; when the time came to confer his own gate of the Dharma, he returned to his own seat to tell it, and only so is there no going against ‘honoring the Dharma.’ The bow is a bow to the cause of Buddhahood within a person's mind, and telling the Dharma is telling the Dharma; the two things do not take each other away.

Chengguan further explains why the several friends before him did not do this: “The reason the good friends before did not do so is that for a monk to revere a layman is inconvenient in practice.” The three friends before—Cloud of Virtue, Ocean Cloud, and Well-Abiding—were all monks, and for a monk to perform this bow to a householder is inconvenient in practice—this is a matter of decorum, not of the height or lowness of virtue.

The words “honoring the Dharma” carry one further bound, which Chengguan states more plainly in the Chao. He first glosses the words of the Shu: for a master to bow to a disciple seems in sense to make himself light, and so he must wait until he has ascended the seat before telling the Dharma, and only so does he not go against the honoring of the Dharma—from which one sees that “only by ascending the seat and then telling” is the condition on which this bow can stand, not an optional afterword. He then cites the Nirvāṇa, fascicle six, as proof of the honoring of the Dharma: one who knows the Dharma, whether old or young, is to be made offering to, revered, and bowed to, just as the brahmans who serve fire, just as the second heaven serving Śakra; and beneath it the Buddha himself says that in the sūtras he told this under a covering aspect, not for those who study as śrāvakas but only for bodhisattvas. With this sentence Chengguan resolves the earlier difficulty that “for a monk to revere a layman is inconvenient in practice”: to say it is inconvenient is said with respect to the śrāvakas, so that the śrāvakas may not come to slight the Buddha-Dharma; if it be a bodhisattva, he never slights, he bows to all four assemblies, and this is what the honoring of the Dharma is. A misunderstanding must be set right: reading “for a monk to revere a layman is inconvenient in practice” as a general rule that monks stand high and laymen low. By the gloss of the Chao that is an expedient word said on the side of the śrāvakas, not the constant rule of bodhisattvas; and Megha's bow in this section stands precisely on that other side, where a bodhisattva never slights. Brought down to the ground: one and the same thing is inconvenient on the side of the śrāvakas and is simply one's own part on the side of the bodhisattvas—reading the word “inconvenient,” one must first ask to whom the sentence is spoken.

A misunderstanding must be set right: taking this stretch to be teaching that ‘a teacher ought to bow to his students.’ What the sūtra text and Chengguan both point to is not the height or lowness of person against person, but the bounds between mind and stage: toward the mind of awakening one ought to bow, toward the Dharma one ought to be reverent, and each of the two has its own time. Brought down to the ground: to see someone in whom the mind has newly arisen and to give rise to contempt is the first sickness this stretch breaks; to be bowed to by another and thereupon to think oneself high is the second.

Praising the Giving Rise of the Mind (one) The First Ten Sentences: Giving Rise to a Single Thought of the Mind, What Is It That Is Accomplished

After rising to his feet, Megha first marks the general: “It is good, it is good! Son of good family! You have actually been able to give rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.” Only after this comes the particular praising.

Chengguan judges the first section of the particular praising: “First there are ten sentences: the virtue of the cause is deep and vast, and when in the end this virtue is accomplished the merit goes back to the first giving rise; and that you are able to give rise to it—this is what is called rare and wondrous.”—the merits told of in these ten sentences appear utterly vast, and Chengguan points out the key: when these virtues are at last accomplished, the merit is to go back to that very first giving rise.

The ten sentences are: “then that is to let the lineage of all the Buddhas not be cut off, then that is to adorn and purify all Buddha-fields, then that is to ripen all beings, then that is to penetrate and know the nature of all dharmas, then that is to awaken to and understand the seeds of all karma,” and “then that is to fulfill all practices, then that is to let all great vows not be cut off, then that is to understand as it truly is the lineage of freedom from craving, then that is to be able clearly to see the differences of the three times, then that is to make faith and understanding forever firm.”

Look at the order of these ten sentences: first the lineage of the Buddhas, the Buddha-fields, and beings—three great matters directed outward; next the nature of dharmas and the seeds of karma—the principle and the phenomena that are penetrated; then the practices and the great vows—what is cultivated and what is vowed; last the lineage of freedom from craving, the clear seeing of the three times, and the firmness of faith and understanding—coming back to oneself. From outward to inward, from phenomena to mind.

Chengguan further points out the answering of its source: “Its marks are for the most part the same as in the Chapter on the Merit of the First Giving Rise of the Mind. Here too there is the profound, the straight, and the compassionate mind, which may be got at by the sense.” The virtue of giving rise to the mind has already been told at length in the Chapter on the Merit of the First Giving Rise of the Mind earlier in this sūtra, and here is the same meaning appearing again.

A misunderstanding must be set right: taking these ten sentences to describe only ‘what will be accomplished in the future.’ What the sūtra text uses is “then that is”—at the very moment of giving rise to the mind, the lineage of the Buddhas is already not cut off; and Chengguan judges these ten sentences thus: “the virtue of the cause is deep and vast; when that virtue is at last accomplished, the merit returns to the first giving rise.” The virtue is accomplished in the end, and the merit returns to the first giving rise. Brought down to the ground: these ten sentences are set before all those who doubt themselves and ask ‘does what I have done count as giving rise to the mind’—if it has truly been given rise to, the cause is already here; the final accomplishment of the ten virtues will return its merit to this one giving rise.

These same ten sentences Fazang reads along another track, and it is to be kept apart from Chengguan's. What Fazang has before him is the sixty, where most of the ten sentences close with the word ‘nature’: the nature of Buddhas, the nature of fields, the nature of beings, the nature of the Dharma as it truly is, the nature of karma, the nature of the bodhisattva practice, the nature of great vows, the nature of freedom from desire. With ten ‘natures’ standing there, nothing is easier than to read them as ten substances. Fazang turns it round in a single phrase: ‘nature’ here means cause; the mind of awakening is itself a dharma that is cause, and that is why all ten sentences say ‘nature.’

Having turned it round, he sets the ten in five pairs. The first two are the cause of the proper and the dependent recompense of Buddhahood—what they accomplish is the Buddha's own fruit and the world that holds it. The next two are the cause of those to be converted—what they accomplish is the deliverance of beings. The next two are the cause of the practice of karma—what they accomplish is one's own practice. The next two are the cause of vow and wisdom, and Fazang glosses their marks himself: the vow constantly accompanies existence, the wisdom is constantly free of desire—the one not leaving the world, the other not stained by it. The last two are the cause of the great fruit, which is to say awakening and nirvāṇa.

Here the two houses divide cleanly. Chengguan speaks of the two ends in time: the virtue is what is at last accomplished, and the merit goes back to the first giving rise. Fazang speaks of five things caused at once: one mind of awakening is at the same time the cause of the fruit of Buddhahood, the cause of beings, the cause of practice, the cause of vow and wisdom, and the cause of the great fruit. One answers ‘when is this virtue accomplished’; the other answers ‘of what is this mind the cause.’ Brought down to the ground: only both tracks together keep the reading straight—take Chengguan alone, and the giving rise of the mind is easily read as something that pays out in the future; take Fazang alone, and it is easily read as a list of causes and effects.

Praising the Giving Rise of the Mind (two) The Eleven Sentences of the Reverence and Guarding of the Ten Kings

The second section of eleven sentences Chengguan judges as “next, from ‘then that is to be by all’ onward is the reverence and guarding of the ten kings.”

The ten sentences are: “then that is to be upheld by all the Tathāgatas, then that is to be held in mind by all the Buddhas, then that is to be equal to all the bodhisattvas, then that is to be praised and delighted in by all the worthy and holy ones, then that is to be bowed to and called upon by all the Brahmā kings,” and “then that is to be made offering to by all the lords of the gods, then that is to be guarded by all the yakṣas, then that is to be attended and defended by all the rākṣasas, then that is to be welcomed by all the nāga kings, then that is to be sung of and praised by all the kiṃnara kings,” and the last sentence, “then that is to be extolled and rejoiced over by all the lords of the various worlds.”

The order too is deliberate: first the Tathāgatas, the Buddhas, the bodhisattvas, and the worthy and holy ones—the side of the holy ones; next the Brahmā kings, the lords of the gods, the yakṣas, the rākṣasas, the nāga kings, and the kiṃnara kings—the side of the eight classes of gods and nāgas; and last it gathers up all the kings with “extolled and rejoiced over by all the lords of the various worlds.” And the verbs differ one from another: of the Tathāgatas it is “upheld by,” of the Buddhas “held in mind by,” of the bodhisattvas “equal to,” of the worthy and holy ones “praised and delighted in by,” and only after these come the bowing and calling upon, the making offering, the guarding, the attending and defending, the welcoming, and the singing and praising. The higher up, the more inward (upholding, holding in mind); the further down, the more outwardly displayed (welcoming, singing).

Among them the sentence “then that is to be equal to all the bodhisattvas” must be looked at by itself: the other ten sentences are all about how others treat me, and this one alone tells of one's own relation to the bodhisattvas—the mind has only just been given rise to, and one is already upon the same plane with all the bodhisattvas. This is precisely one and the same matter as the reason for Megha's coming down from the seat and bowing.

A misunderstanding must be set right: reading these eleven sentences as protection that may be sought after giving rise to the mind. What the sūtra text tells of is the weight of the giving rise of the mind itself, not the terms of an exchange. Brought down to the ground: if one takes it as a reason for seeking protection and so gives rise to the mind, what is given rise to is not the mind praised in this stretch.

Praising the Giving Rise of the Mind (three) The One Sentence of Outward Benefit to Beings: Causing the Realms of Beings All to Obtain Peace and Ease

After the twenty-one sentences before it, the sūtra text closes with one sentence: “then that is to cause all the realms of beings wholly to obtain peace and ease.”

Chengguan judges this sentence as outward benefit to beings: “After that, from ‘then now all the realms of beings’ onward is outward benefit to beings.” The first ten sentences tell of the virtue of the giving rise of the mind, and the next eleven mostly tell of how the Buddhas and the kings treat one who has given rise to the mind (only the one sentence ‘then he is equal with all bodhisattvas’ tells of the relation between the one who has given rise to the mind and the bodhisattvas themselves), and this sentence turns direction—it now tells of how one who has given rise to the mind treats the realms of beings. The words “peace and ease” are where this whole stretch of praising comes to rest: after so much surpassing excellence has been told, at the last it goes back to beings obtaining peace.

The Eleven Sentences of “That Is to Say”: Taking the Words “Peace and Ease” Apart

The sentence above says “wholly obtain peace and ease,” and the sūtra text at once uses “that is to say” to open it out, eleven sentences in all, every sentence closing with “because.”

The first three sentences are the drawing out of suffering: “because it makes them leave behind the evil destinies, because it makes them come forth from the places of difficulty, because it cuts off the root of all poverty”—leaving the evil destinies behind is leaving the weightiest suffering, coming forth from the places of difficulty is leaving such a plight as the eight difficulties, where there is no door by which to seek the Dharma, and cutting off the root of poverty is not only the poverty of goods but the poverty of the roots of goodness.

The middle three sentences are the giving of happiness and the leading into the Dharma: “because it gives rise to the happiness of all gods and humans, because it lets them meet good friends and draw near to them, because it lets them hear the vast Dharma and hold it entire”—from happiness to meeting friends, and from meeting friends to hearing the Dharma and holding it entire.

The last five sentences tell purely of the path: “because it gives rise to the mind of awakening, because it purifies the mind of awakening, because it illumines the path of a bodhisattva, because it enters the wisdom of a bodhisattva, because it abides in the grounds of a bodhisattva”—giving rise, purifying, illumining, entering, abiding, five verbs, which are one complete order of the path: first giving rise to the mind of awakening, next making it pure, next illumining the path that is walked, next entering into the wisdom, and last abiding in the grounds.

One must see clearly the whole movement of these eleven sentences: beginning from leaving behind the evil destinies and ending at abiding in the grounds of a bodhisattva, it is pushed all the way from the coarsest suffering to the finest of stages. And its starting point is only that one person has given rise to the mind. Brought down to the ground: these eleven sentences may be asked of oneself sentence by sentence—what I call ‘for the sake of beings,’ does it stop at the level of the first three sentences, or does it reach as far as the last five?

Praising the Seeking of Friends: The Bodhisattva Is Hard to Meet, and One Who Sees a Bodhisattva Is Harder Still

After praising the giving rise of the mind, Megha turns to another topic: “Son of good family! You should know that what a bodhisattva does is exceedingly hard, hard to appear and hard to meet with, and those who see a bodhisattva are twice again as rare.”

Chengguan judges that this section has two senses: “In the second, the praising of the seeking of friends: because the bodhisattva is hard to meet with and yet he is able to seek and able to meet, one knows that Sudhana is a deep vessel of the Dharma. It also warns beforehand the mind that seeks friends, and so at the place of Liberation he passes twelve years without giving rise to weariness.”—one sense is the praising of Sudhana as able to seek and able to meet, the other is the warning him beforehand that the mind which seeks friends must be able to bear; and Chengguan points out that Sudhana's later passing of twelve years at the place of Liberation without giving rise to weariness is precisely the fulfilling of this warning.

The sentence “those who see a bodhisattva are twice again as rare” must be looked at closely: what is hard is not that bodhisattvas are few, but that those who can recognize a bodhisattva are few. Above, ten thousand persons surrounded him in the marketplace, and those who saw Megha were not Sudhana alone, yet only Sudhana was able to see him with a mind seeking the way. Brought down to the ground: good friends are often right before one's eyes and are missed, and the reason for the missing lies mostly not in the other's being hard to meet, but in one's own not looking with a mind that seeks the Dharma.

The Four Sentences Praising the Dharma of a Bodhisattva: Support and Refuge · Rescue and Relief · Place to Rely Upon · Saving Protection

Megha next tells directly what a bodhisattva is. First are four sentences of Dharma: “The bodhisattva is for all beings a support and a refuge, because he raises them up and brings them to accomplishment; he is for all beings a rescue and a relief, because he draws out their every suffering and hardship,” and “he is for all beings a place to rely upon, because he guards and protects the world; he is for all beings a saving protection, because he lets them be free of dread.”

Each of the four sentences has what it answers to: the support and refuge answers to beings' having nothing to rely upon (and so it says raising them up and bringing them to accomplishment); the rescue and relief answers to beings' suffering and hardship (and so it says drawing out their every suffering and hardship); the place to rely upon answers to beings' having no place to return to (and so it says guarding and protecting the world); the saving protection answers to beings' dread (and so it says letting them be free of dread).

The form of all four sentences is ‘for all beings such-and-such, because such-and-such’—the first half telling what the bodhisattva does for beings, the second half telling how he can be so. A misunderstanding must be set right: taking these four words to be a heaping up of synonyms. What the four cure are four different lacks—having nothing to rely upon, having suffering, having no place to return to, having dread—and they cannot stand for one another.

The Thirteen Similes: Thirteen Faces of the Bodhisattva's Working

After the four sentences of Dharma come the thirteen similes. Chengguan attaches the thirteen similes back to the four sentences of Dharma above: “There are thirteen similes: the first two liken the support and refuge, the next four liken the rescue and relief, the next, the sovereign, likens the place to rely upon, and the rest liken the saving protection.”

The thirteen similes, counted word by word, are: the wind-wheel, the great earth, the great ocean, the pure sun, Sumeru, the bright moon, the fierce general, the sovereign lord, the fierce fire, the great cloud, timely rain, the ship's master, and the bridge—thirteen, neither more nor less.

The first two similes carry on “support and refuge.” “The bodhisattva is like the wind-wheel, because it upholds the various worlds and does not let them fall down into the evil destinies”—the wind-wheel is the wheel that upholds a world, and it uses the one word “uphold”; “like the great earth, because it makes the roots of goodness of beings increase and grow”—the great earth does not uphold but brings forth, and it uses the words “increase and grow.” One upholding and one growing are precisely the two faces of the four words “raises them up and brings them to accomplishment.”

The next four similes carry on “rescue and relief.” “Like the great ocean, because his merit is full and has no exhausting” is measure; “like the pure sun, because the light of his wisdom shines everywhere” is illumining; “like Sumeru, because his roots of goodness stand high above all” is height; “like the bright moon, because the light of his wisdom appears” is appearing. Sun and moon are alike light, and yet what is taken from them differs: from the sun is taken the pervasiveness of shining everywhere, from the moon the coolness of appearing—one and the same wisdom, which in the place of blazing is the sun and in the place of cool clarity is the moon.

Below these, “like a fierce general, because he crushes and subdues the armies of Māra” and “like a sovereign lord, because within the city of the Buddha's Dharma he obtains sovereignty”: one is able to make war, one is able to govern. Chengguan attaches the simile of the sovereign to the “place to rely upon”—only when there is a lord within the city is it a place that can be relied upon.

The sentence “like a fierce fire, because it burns up entirely the mind of self-love in beings” is the sharpest. What is burned is not the branches and leaves of the afflictions, it is the “mind of self-love”—that single thought of loving oneself, at the root. The sūtra text uses “burns up entirely,” not diminishes.

The last four similes are rain and crossing over. “Like a great cloud, because it sends down measureless and wondrous rain of the Dharma” is being able to send down; “like timely rain, because it makes the sprouts of every root of faith increase and grow” is being timely—rain must fall at the right time for sprouts to grow, and so the one word “timely” is specially marked; “like a ship's master, because he points out and leads to the fords and crossings of the ocean of the Dharma” is knowing the ford; “like a bridge, because it lets them cross over the ocean of birth-and-death” is being oneself the crossing. The ship's master and the bridge are a pair: one is a person, one is a thing; one points out the road, one bears the weight.

A misunderstanding must be set right: reading the thirteen similes as thirteen praises. Beneath every simile there is attached a “because,” telling of the bodhisattva's concrete working; the thirteen similes taken together are a list of the bodhisattva's working, not adjectives. Brought down to the ground: one may hold these thirteen sentences up against oneself—toward beings today, am I upholding, growing, illumining, or none of them at all?

Concluding the Praise and Displaying Spiritual Power: Light Comes Forth from the Gate of the Face

The praising done, the sūtra text turns into the conferring of the Dharma. The first section is the displaying of spiritual power: “When Megha had praised Sudhana in this way and had made all the bodhisattvas rejoice, he sent forth from the gate of his face every sort of light, which shone everywhere throughout the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system.”

Chengguan judges that the conferring of the Dharma has two sections: “Second, from ‘Megha having praised in this way’ onward is the conferring of his own dharma gate, and within it are two: first the displaying of spiritual power to benefit things, causing them to see it with their own eyes; and after that, from ‘Megha thereupon ascended again’ onward, ascending the seat and telling and conferring, causing them to hear it.”—first sending forth light so that people see, and after that ascending the seat so that they hear. One for the eye and one for the ear, these are the two gates of conferring the Dharma.

It should be noticed that the light comes forth from the “gate of the face,” not from the crown or the feet; and what it shines upon is the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, not only the ten thousand persons then present.

The Displaying of Spiritual Power Gathers and Transforms: Those Who Come Are the Nāgas and Spirits On Up to the Brahmā Gods

After the light had shone, “the beings within it, having met with this light, the nāgas and the spirits and the rest, on up to the Brahmā gods, all came to the place of Megha. Megha, the great being, then by skillful means opened up, expounded, distinguished, and explained the dharma gate of the adornment of the chapter on the wheel of letters.”

Four verbs are to be looked at separately: opening up is lifting the cover, expounding is laying it out, distinguishing is setting it in order, explaining is resolving doubts—a gate of the Dharma requires these four procedures before it can be handed over. And what is used is the words “skillful means”: those addressed are nāgas, spirits, and Brahmā gods, not humans, and so skillful means must be used.

The name of the dharma gate that appears here is “the dharma gate of the adornment of the chapter on the wheel of letters,” while what was told in the marketplace above was “the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters”—one and the same gate, and yet the letter of the sūtra text differs in the two places; it is recorded as it stands, unevened.

The Benefit Obtained: Hearing the Dharma and Obtaining Non-Retrogression

“Those beings, having heard this Dharma, all obtained non-retrogression in anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.”

One sentence, and yet it is the outcome of the whole stretch of the displaying of spiritual power. The cause and effect must be seen clearly: it is not that seeing the light obtains non-retrogression, it is that “having heard this Dharma” obtains non-retrogression. The light is only the skillful means for gathering the assembly; the benefit lies in the Dharma. Brought down to the ground: responses, light, and states of realm and the like are all doors for drawing people in, and a door is not the house; to stop at the doorway and not go in is to have gained nothing.

Ascending Again to His Own Seat: What the Wondrous-Sound Dhāraṇī Is

“Megha thereupon ascended again to his own former seat and told Sudhana, saying, ‘Son of good family! I have already obtained the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī.’”—before, he came down from the seat for the sake of bowing to the mind of awakening; now he returns to the seat for the sake of conferring the Dharma, and this is precisely what Chengguan calls “when he comes to confer his own Dharma he returns to his own seat and speaks; thus he does not go against the honoring of the Dharma.”

The working he has obtained is: “able to distinguish and know the speech of the gods within the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, and the speech of the nāgas, yakṣas, gandharvas, asuras, garuḍas, kiṃnaras, mahoragas, humans and nonhumans, and of all the Brahmā gods.”—penetrating the speech of every class.

Chengguan glosses the substance of this gate, and points out that it is one Dharma with the wheel of letters told in the marketplace: “‘The wondrous-sound dhāraṇī’ marks the name, and from ‘able to distinguish’ onward displays the working. This holding of the wondrous sound is the very gate of the wheel of letters above. Now the letters are the forty-two letters, and the sounds are the fourteen sounds—that is, ai, a, i, ī and the rest; and because the fourteen sounds enter everywhere into the letters, the letters that come forth are without end.”—the letters are forty-two, the sounds are fourteen; the fourteen sounds enter everywhere into the letters, and so the letters that come forth are without end; and because the letters that come forth are without end, there is no speech that cannot be penetrated. Chengguan further concludes, “The two places raise it up by turns, and in principle they truly complete each other.” The “wheel of letters” of the marketplace and the “wondrous sound” upon the seat are two names of one and the same gate of the Dharma.

Chengguan further explains why this stage tells of the dharma of the wheel of letters: “The reason it is set forth next after the one before is that the unobstructed liberation before was the light of the wisdom of the markless, and now, about to enter the worldly, both existence and nonexistence are kept together, and letters are relied upon to signify the meaning.” What the previous friend, the monk Well-Abiding, obtained was the markless light of wisdom; this stage is about to enter the worldly and deliver beings, and so it must borrow the marks of letters to signify the meaning. And the sentence “because he is born within the holy teaching, it is fitting that he hold the letters” fastens exactly upon the name of “the abode of noble birth”—born within the house of the Buddha, and so it is fitting that he hold the letters of the teaching.

A misunderstanding must be set right: taking the penetrating of all speech to be a kind of ability like a spiritual power. According to Chengguan's gloss, its root lies in the exhausting of letters and sounds; it is the natural working of one gate of the Dharma, not a separately established uncommon faculty. Brought down to the ground: the barrier of language is commonly taken as an outward condition, and this gate points out that the root of the barrier is in one's own not having exhausted the meaning of the letters.

The Teaching of the Wheel of Letters: The Three Senses of the Wheel, the Letter A, and the Five Wheels

What Megha tells in the marketplace is the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters, and what he confers after ascending again to the seat is the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī—Chengguan has already said that the two are one Dharma under two names. What then does the word “wheel” mean? Chengguan first records the three senses that Xianshou cites from Tripiṭaka Master Rizhao: “First, with respect to the mark of the letters: the Laṅkāvatāra says, ‘the wheel of letters is perfect, like the footprint of an elephant,’ and the like. Second, with respect to what is set forth: it exhausts the principle and is round and complete, like the fullness of a wheel. Third, with respect to its working: that is, the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī, which has the sense of handing on and the sense of extinguishing delusion, like a wheel of the Dharma.”

The three senses must be told apart; they are not three wheels but three faces of one wheel. The mark of the letters is the form: the footprint of an elephant serves as a simile because it is perfect and complete, one impress in which the whole body appears. What is set forth is the meaning: the principle set forth is exhausted and complete, like a wheel that is full and not lacking—not roundness of form but roundness of meaning. The working is the capacity: it can both hand on and extinguish delusion, and so it is said to be like a wheel of the Dharma. A misunderstanding must be set right: taking the “wheel of letters” for an arrangement of shapes. By the three senses, form is only the first; if one takes the form and not what is set forth and not the working, the wheel of letters is only a diagram and not a gate of the Dharma. Brought down to the ground: holding one sentence of the teaching in hand, one may examine it upon these three faces—is its form complete, is its meaning round, can it truly hand on and extinguish delusion? Only when all three are furnished is it a wheel.

Having recorded the three senses, Chengguan appraises them, saying “this gloss is already fine,” and then cites in support the Chapter on the Wheel of Letters of the Piluzhena jing. What is cited has three layers. The first is the general telling: one who abides in this dharma gate of the wheel of letters, “from the first giving rise of the wondrous mind of awakening all the way to the attaining of Buddhahood, in all that lies between, accomplishes every sort of work of benefiting himself and benefiting others”—from the first giving rise of the mind to Buddhahood, all the work of self-benefit and benefit of others lies within this one gate. The second layer is the letter A: the first letter A is the mind of awakening itself; and one who contemplates this letter and accords with it “is the same as the substance of the Dharma body of Vairocana.” The text cited further takes the peacock's tail for a simile: “this wheel of the letter A is like the wheel of a peacock's tail, ringed about with light, and the practitioner abiding within it is abiding in the stage of a Buddha.” When a peacock spreads its tail the feathers form a wheel ringed about with light, and at the middle is that single point; the letter A stands in the middle with the other letters circling it, and where the practitioner abides is that very middle. What this simile takes is to be noticed: not the splendor, but the relation of a middle and what rings it.

The third layer is the three divisions and the five wheels. The three letters A, Sa, and Va gather up the three divisions entire: the letter A belongs to the Tathāgata division, the letter Sa to the Lotus division, and the letter Va to the Vajra division; and within any one division there are five letters. As for what is called a wheel of letters, it is that from this there is a turning that gives birth to the several wheels of letters, and what is taken is the sense of “giving birth.” Taking the letter A for an example: from A, this letter of awakening, four letters are born by turning. The first is the wheel of cultivating practice—having given rise to the mind, one must cultivate the practices. The second is the wheel of accomplishing awakening—having cultivated the practices, one must realize awakening. The third is the wheel of the great stillness of nirvāṇa, which is where awakening arrives. The fourth is the wheel of skillful means. The letter A stands in the middle with the four letters circling it, turning rightward in order from below, and this too is like the mark of a wheel. One is raised as an example, and the rest of the letters follow the same pattern.

These five stations—giving rise to the mind, cultivating practice, accomplishing awakening, nirvāṇa, and skillful means—are precisely one complete order of the path, and it is written as a wheel and not as a line. This is to be seen clearly: a line has a beginning and an end, while a wheel turns and begins again; arriving at nirvāṇa is not a stopping, for beneath it there is still the wheel of skillful means, which is the returning from the place of realization to the delivering of beings. A misunderstanding must be set right: taking the wheel of letters for an arrangement of secret syllables having nothing to do with the gates of practice. By the text cited, what the wheel of letters signifies is exactly the whole course from the giving rise of the mind to skillful means; the letters are what it is lodged in, the practice is what is signified. And so Chengguan says below that the reason this stage must tell of the wheel of letters is that what the previous friend obtained was the light of markless wisdom, while this stage is about to enter the worldly, and so must lodge itself in letters in order to signify the meaning. And the sentence “the manifold setting out of the stations is why it is called adornment” is the closing: what is set out is not decoration but stations—each letter has its own station, and only when the stations are fixed is there a wheel, and only when there is a wheel is it named an adornment.

Brought down to the ground: this gate of the Dharma looks the most abstruse, and yet what it teaches is a thing utterly plain—to see one's own whole road as a wheel: having given rise to the mind one must cultivate, having cultivated one must realize, and having realized one cannot stop upon the realization, but must have the skillful means to come back. Let any one of the letters fall empty, and the wheel will not turn.

Setting Forth the Example of What Is Pervaded: As It Is with One Great-Thousand, So Are All Worlds

“And just as it is with this three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system, so also with numberless worlds of the ten directions on up to unspeakably unspeakable worlds—all of them are likewise.”

One sentence setting forth the example. If the working obtained were only within one great-thousand, it would still be a bounded Dharma; this sentence pushes it out to unspeakably unspeakable worlds. It should be noticed that the way the sūtra text pushes it is “all of them are likewise”—it is not more and larger, it is the universality of one and the same thing.

Humbling Himself: I Know Only This One Gate

“Son of good family! I know only this bodhisattva's dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī.”

Chengguan judges that ‘humbling himself and deferring to the superior’ has two sections, the first being the humbling of himself and the concluding of what came before: “Fourth, from ‘son of good family, I know only’ onward is humbling himself and deferring to the superior, and within it are two: first, humbling himself and concluding what came before. It says ‘light’ because wisdom mirrors the wondrous sound.”—here the name of the dharma gate has the two words “light” added, and Chengguan glosses this as illumining the wondrous sound with the mirror of wisdom, and therefore it is named light.

This one sentence is the conclusion of the humbling of himself in this section: after Megha has finished conferring his own Dharma, he says that he knows only this one gate. A misunderstanding must be set right: reading it as a courtesy of modesty. It is a plain statement of the stage: the friends assigned to the several stages each obtain one gate, and none of them takes himself for the whole; and it is precisely because he does not take himself for the whole that there is the next stretch of pointing to the next friend.

The Fourteen Sentences of Deferring to the Superior: The Oceans That the Bodhisattvas Enter

After humbling himself comes the deferring to the superior. Chengguan judges: “Separately there are fourteen sentences: the first four can be known; the fifth is because it sets forth the profound and secret; the sixth because it tells without remainder; the seventh because the Dharma fuses the dharmas of time; the eighth because it is higher; the ninth because it is highest among the high; the next three can be known; the thirteenth and fourteenth are what he obtained above.”

The first four sentences are: “able universally to enter the ocean of every sort of notion of all beings, the ocean of every sort of designation, the ocean of every sort of name, the ocean of every sort of speech”—notion, designation, name, and speech, from inward to outward: first the notions within the minds of beings, next the designations set up, next names, and last speech. These four are the four layers of name and word.

The middle seven sentences are the oceans of dharma-phrases: “expounding the ocean of all profound and secret dharma-phrases, expounding the ocean of all ultimate dharma-phrases, expounding the ocean of dharma-phrases wherein within one object there are all the objects of the three times, expounding the ocean of higher dharma-phrases, expounding the ocean of higher-than-higher dharma-phrases, expounding the ocean of differing dharma-phrases, expounding the ocean of all differing dharma-phrases.” Chengguan attaches their senses one by one: the fifth sets forth the profound and secret, the sixth tells without remainder, the seventh is the Dharma fusing the dharmas of time—within one object are gathered the objects of the three times, which is the mutual fusion of dharma and time; the eighth and the ninth are the higher and the highest among the high; and below these Chengguan says “the next three can be known”—that is, the tenth, the ocean of differing dharma-phrases, the eleventh, the ocean of all differing dharma-phrases, and the twelfth, the ocean of spells and arts, three sentences.

As for the “profound and secret” of the fifth sentence, in the Chao Chengguan opens it further into three senses: the first “sets forth principle and wisdom, the real in the very phenomenon,” that is, seeing the real directly upon the mark of the phenomenon, as the nirvāṇa of the three virtues is called the secret storehouse; the second is “because of the hidden intent,” the teller pointing at something else that does not lie on the surface of the words; the third is “because it is furnished with the three secrets.” The three are not three kinds of the profound and secret, but three doors into one and the same thing—the first told from the principle set forth, the second from the intent of the one who tells, the third from the secrecy of the three karmas of body, speech, and mind. A misunderstanding must be set right: taking “profound and secret” to mean merely “very deep.” By what the Chao opens, the profound is the depth of the principle and the secret is the hiddenness of the intent and the secrecy of the three karmas; profound without secret is only what is hard to understand, secret without profound is only a riddle, and only the two together make the sense of this sentence. Brought down to the ground: when a sentence of the teaching feels “deep,” one more question must be asked—is it deep in principle, or secret in intent? That very question is the reason this sentence stands fifth among the fourteen sentences of deferring to the superior.

The last three sentences are: “able universally to enter the ocean of the spells and arts of all the worlds, the wheel of the adornment of all sounds, the utmost bound of all the differing wheels of letters.” Chengguan says “the thirteenth and fourteenth are what he obtained above”—the wheel of the adornment of sounds and the utmost bound of the differing wheels of letters are precisely the wondrous sound and the wheel of letters that Megha himself has obtained; and he puts what he himself has obtained under the name of “the bodhisattvas, the great beings,” saying that he cannot know it and cannot tell it.

Upon the last word, “utmost bound,” Chengguan makes a special point: “And as for saying ‘utmost bound,’ it is because it exhausts principle and exhausts nature.” It is not the bound of a boundary, it is the bound of exhausting.

The deferring to the superior closes with one question: “Merits such as these, how could I now know them, how could I tell them?”—knowing and telling stand together within the one question: the merits of the bodhisattvas are beyond what he can fully know, and beyond what he can fully tell. Brought down to the ground: when a person is willing to say that his own one gate is one sentence among the endless merits of the bodhisattvas, this humbling is the true one; to tell of what one has obtained as if it were the whole is what this stretch breaks.

Pointing to the Next Friend: Journeying South to Abiding Grove, the Elder Liberation

“Son of good family! Journeying south from here, there is a village named Abiding Grove; there is an elder there named Liberation.”

Chengguan glosses even the names of the next friend beforehand: “As for Abiding Grove, it is the abode of fully endowed skillful means, because the many virtues are established.”—the name Abiding Grove signifies the stage assigned to the next friend; and “because he is advanced in years and ripe in virtue, and in his affairs is elder to others, he is called an elder. Because within his own body there appear boundless realms of the Buddhas and the working of his concentration is sovereign, he is named Liberation.” The title of elder comes from years and virtue, and the name Liberation comes from boundless realms of the Buddhas appearing within his body and the sovereignty of the working of his concentration.

The questions he is charged with are four sentences: “Go to him and ask: how is a bodhisattva to cultivate the practice of a bodhisattva? How is a bodhisattva to accomplish the practice of a bodhisattva? How is a bodhisattva to gather the practice of a bodhisattva? How is a bodhisattva to ponder the practice of a bodhisattva?”—cultivate, accomplish, gather, and ponder, four words. It is to be noticed that these four questions differ from the twelve sentences Sudhana himself asked in this section: what Sudhana asked in this section was “study the practice of a bodhisattva” and “cultivate the path of a bodhisattva,” whereas what Megha teaches him to ask is to cultivate, to accomplish, to gather, and to ponder. That the previous friend settles the questions for the next friend is the fixed form of this chapter; and that the questions are replaced by finer ones is the advance of the stage.

Cherishing His Virtue, Bowing, and Taking Leave: The Reason for the Weeping and Sobbing

The last stretch: “At that time, the youth Sudhana, on account of the good friend, gave rise deeply to reverence toward the dharma of all-knowing wisdom, deeply planted pure faith, and deeply increased his own benefit; he bowed to the feet of Megha, wept and sobbed, circled him measureless times, cherished and gazed up at him, then took his leave, withdrew, and went on.”

The three sentences of the first half tell what was obtained: reverence, pure faith, and increase, and all three are attached to “on account of the good friend”—they are not given rise to by one's own power, they are given rise to on account of the good friend. The five things of the second half tell the bowing and the taking leave: bowing to the feet, weeping, circling, gazing up, and taking leave and going.

The four words “wept and sobbed” must be explained. He has obtained the Dharma; why then the sorrow? This is not the sorrow of disappointment; it is the weight of kindness and the parting, both in one place. Brought down to the ground: this section opens with a good friend bowing down to one who seeks the Dharma, and closes with one who seeks the Dharma weeping before a good friend—one sūtra writes both of the two utmost extremes between master and disciple into one and the same stretch, and what is conferred in between is no more than one gate of letters and sounds. That the Dharma can be handed on is because these two minds at the two ends cannot lack either one.

Lineage

The stream that this section opens below it lies not in the treatises, but along two lines, the line of the name and the line of the stage.

The first is the line of the name. As for the name of this friend, the eighty-fascicle text reads “Megha,” and Fazang's Tanxuan ji reads “Mijia” and glosses it saying, “As for Mijia, this is rendered by the name Cloud, and it is so named because he is able to pour down the rain of the Dharma and moisten and benefit beings.” Zhiyan's Huayan jing kongmu zhang, in its list of the names of the good friends (forty-six entries in the original table), reads in its main text “the fifth is named Megha, the good physician”—the name is the same as in the eighty-fascicle text; “the good physician” is likewise main text and not a note, the inline note under the name being 〔in this land the name is Many Clouds〕 and the inline note under “the good physician” being 〔one who spells medicines, that is, one who tells of medicines〕, and the appellation “the good physician” is taken from the sixty-fascicle text. In the sixty-fascicle text this friend is throughout called the good physician, and Fazang further records the name of his kind: “As for this good physician, in the text from India he is named Dabiduo.” The two translations and the two commentaries each have their own form of the name, and they are recorded together without judgment. The name of the dharma gate conferred also differs: the eighty-fascicle text reads the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī, and the sixty-fascicle text reads the dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false—and the third of the three senses of the wheel of letters recorded by Fazang, the sense in terms of function, is stated according to the name in the sixty-fascicle text.

The second is the line of the stage. This friend is assigned to the abode of noble birth, and this judgment comes from the matching of stages by the ancient worthies; the sūtra text does not mark it of itself. Fazang attaches what this stage signifies to the names of the land and the city: “It also signifies that in this stage the lineage is noble and one is born in the house of the Buddha, and therefore the land is named Sovereignty.” And he glosses the city name Spell-Medicine, saying, “Telling the dharma of the wheel of letters breaks the remaining afflictions, as medicine cures the remaining sicknesses,” running the physician and the medicine throughout this stage. Li Tongxuan sets up another track, attaching this stage to “making clear the countering of the rules of the world, and the obstruction of unfreedom in the clamor of the afflictions of birth-and-death, so as to make one free,” and taking the telling of the Dharma in the marketplace to signify that “the market of birth-and-death is clamorous and yet constantly still,” and one letter containing endless letters and phrases to signify that it is “like the jeweled net of Śakra, mutually making conditioned arising, reflecting through layer upon layer.” One house reads it from the nobility of the lineage, the other from the countering of the world; each is its own track, and they are recorded without judging which is higher.

Li Tongxuan does not speak of host and companion as a mere likeness. Earlier the jeweled net reflecting layer upon layer was given as a likeness; but beneath the likeness he gives his own reason, and the reason has to be read together with it if it is to stand. He first sets up a pair: when it is told that the dharmas of the world are not, then ‘the absence of names’ is taken as host and all the dharmas beyond the world as its adornment; when it is told that the dharmas beyond the world are not, then all that is of the world is taken as the adornment instead. Host and companion are not fixed; they change places with what is being told—and so he goes on to say that ‘thus they are host and companion to one another, adornment to one another.’

Why they can change places is given in the sentence that follows: ‘being and non-being, arisen through conditions, are alike without own-nature.’ Being and non-being are both arisen through conditions, and what arises through conditions has no fixed substance of its own; only because there is no fixed substance can they be host and companion to one another. Li Tongxuan pushes this absence of own-nature into three places at once: beings are without own-nature, names are without own-nature, sounds of speech are without own-nature—and so one sound can tell of measureless names, while measureless names and letters are always one letter; names have of themselves no nature or mark of that which divides and that which is divided, and therefore they do not obstruct.

Pushed to the end, it comes out on the side of the telling. Just because sound, name, and beings are all without own-nature, one can speak of ‘the sound that is no sound, the name that is no name, the telling that is no telling’—since there is no real teller and no real receiver, the telling of the Dharma is not obstructed by the telling, and it follows the kinds of sound of beings in the six destinies, causing each to rejoice. Li Tongxuan himself gathers the whole string into one sentence: within a single letter the sense of many letters is contained throughout, and they are host and companion to one another, and yet each does not know the other, there being no ‘that’ and no ‘this.’

A misunderstanding must be set right: reading ‘host and companion to one another’ as a cleverness of arrangement. By Li Tongxuan's reason, what lets host and companion change places is not a clever arrangement but the absence of own-nature in those three places; if names had own-nature, one letter would be only one letter, could not contain many, and there would be no host and companion to speak of. Brought down to the ground: this stretch is the reason for the name of the dharma gate in this section—which is why this gate is called wondrous sound, and not many sounds.

At the place of his direct gloss in the Chapter on Entering the Dharma Realm, Li Tongxuan has a separate stretch glossing this section, and his gloss forms yet another track of its own beside the two houses before. As for the name, he not only glosses it but glosses it most finely: “Megha, this means Able to Subdue”—what is subdued is “wrong views and heterodox doctrines,” and the reason he is able to subdue them is that “his world-transcending wisdom is already constantly present and his worldly wisdom already fully possessed, the twofold wisdom of the real and the conventional being already complete.” The name of this friend Fazang attaches to “Cloud”; Li Tongxuan attaches it first to “Able to Subdue” and then keeps the other form alongside, “he is also named Cloud.” As for the city named Sovereignty, neither does he take Fazang's gloss upon the city of Spell-Medicine, but attaches it to “in the wisdom of the meaning of the names and words of the world he is sovereign”—which fastens exactly upon the letters and the sounds conferred in this section. As for the coming down from the seat and bowing, the reason he gives also differs from Chengguan's: Chengguan attaches it to “the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood,” while Li Tongxuan attaches it to the order of the two wisdoms, saying that Megha's reverence “signifies that the differentiating wisdom of the conventional truth reveres the root wisdom of the real truth, because the conventional wisdom arises from within the root wisdom.” And that this stage is matched to the perfection of vigor, and that a layman rather than a monk is the mark of it, also come from his hand: “The three good friends before make clear world-transcending wisdom, and three monks are the mark of it. These two, Megha and the elder Liberation, make clear liberation while dwelling in the world, and so a layman is again the mark of it.” One house reads it from the cause of Buddhahood, one from the two wisdoms, one from the perfection and the standing of the person; each is its own track, recorded here without judging which is higher.

As for the dividing of the outline, Chengguan opens six parts, Fazang upon the sixty-fascicle text opens five parts, and Zhiyan upon the sixty-fascicle text opens three parts and beneath entering in accord with the teaching sets up seven further sections. As for how the ten sentences of mindfulness of the previous Dharma open and close, Chengguan makes it one general and nine particulars, and Fazang makes it two and two in five pairs. The number obtained and what they attach to both differ, and all are established sayings of the ancient worthies.

As for the three texts Chengguan cites in glossing this stretch—the Fajie wu chabie lun, cited in glossing the bowing to one who has first given rise to the mind; the Laṅkāvatāra, cited in glossing the wheel of letters as like the footprint of an elephant; and the chapter on the wheel of letters of the Piluzhena jing, cited in glossing the wheel of the letter a and the five letters of the three divisions—all are cited at second hand by Chengguan, and the chain of attachment of this section lies only within this citing at second hand. As for the Shidi jing lun and the four texts, the Huayan jing zhigui, the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang, the Huayan yisheng shixuan men, and the Huayan fajie xuanjing, none of them has any text bearing the name or the stage of this section.

Beyond what is cited at second hand there lies one further layer: Chengguan's own Yanyi chao, which glosses the text of the Shu upon this stretch sentence by sentence, is the Shu's own gloss upon itself and the stock for reading the Shu of this section. Besides the three texts, the Chao cites two further places in the Nirvāṇa—the verse at Kāśyapa's praising of the Buddha in fascicle thirty-seven, which is the source of the “giving rise of the mind and the ultimate are two that are not different” cited in the Shu; and the text in fascicle six on how one who knows the Dharma, whether old or young, is to be revered and bowed to, which is what the Shu rests upon in speaking of “honoring the Dharma.” So the chain of this section, beyond the three texts Chengguan cites at second hand, holds also two places in one sūtra, the Nirvāṇa, and both are brought to light by the Chao, not made plain by the Shu itself.

The text of one section: the first half is the bow, the second half is the Dharma. What is bowed to is a mind only just given rise to, and the Dharma is the exhausting of letters and sounds—only when the weight of that single thought is first acknowledged can this one gate of the Dharma be handed over. That one rising and one sitting, Megha's coming down from the seat and returning to it, is the whole of this section.

考據Apparatus

本節之名,二譯與二疏各異其形——八十本作「彌伽」,探玄記作「彌加」並釋為「此翻名雲」;八十本說法之處是「自在城」「市肆」,六十本則作「呪藥城」、其人是「良醫」。所授之法門,八十本作「輪字莊嚴法門」而所得為「妙音陀羅尼」,六十本作「輪字莊嚴光經」而所得為「所言不虛法門」。骨在澄觀六分:依教趣求·見敬諮問·稱讚授法·謙己推勝·指示後友·戀德禮辭。本節最特出之一事,是善知識下座禮拜求法之童子——澄觀釋其所以,繫於「菩提心是佛因故」,並引《法界無差別論》初月之喻。經文之數:善財問十二句(初二總·餘十別)·歎發心「則」字句二十二·「所謂」十一句·歎菩薩法四句·喻十三·推勝十四句——皆逐字實計。


一、科判定位

科判系統此節經文 之位
底本 T279 三十九品品三十九 入法界品(第九會 逝多林);彌伽=〔T10 0337b23〕–〔0338b18 前〕,長行,偈頌零行
澄觀《華嚴經疏》本節科起〔T35n1735 0926c10〕,訖於第五解脫長者科前〔0927c05〕
法藏《探玄記》(六十華嚴疏)第四生貴住科〔T35n1733 0458c11〕起
李通玄《新華嚴經論》〈入法界品〉逐文釋本節之專釋段〔T36n1739 0958c26〕–〔0959c21〕(釋國名·友名·城名·十門科·昇進四門);〈十住品〉釋來意段論本節表法〔0832b17〕;〈須彌頂上偈讚品〉釋生貴住段帶及一句〔0830c03〕
智儼《搜玄記》第四生貴住科文〔T35n1732 0092a25〕起
智儼《華嚴經孔目章》善知識名列(原表四十六項),本友居第五〔T45n1870 0589a03〕

澄觀之六分科——本節全文之骨:

〔T35n1735 0926c10〕「第四彌伽,寄生貴住,亦具六分。第一依教趣求,中二:先念前友教。十句,初總,即前所得法門;「深信」〔0926c13〕已下皆別起觀修。」

六分之名逐一見於疏文:第二「乃見其人」下見敬諮問〔0926c14〕、第三「爾時彌伽」下稱讚授法〔0926c22〕、第四「善男子我唯」下謙己推勝〔0927b24〕、第五『善男子從此』下指示後友〔0927b29〕、第六戀德禮辭(疏結前友之科曰「第六禮辭,可知」〔T35n1735 0926c10〕,其後夾注〔已下六十三經〕係卷次注,非正文;下即「第四彌伽,寄生貴住,亦具六分」〔0926c10–c11〕)。

諮問十二句之開合:

〔T35n1735 0926c16〕「後「而我」〔0926c16〕下正問。有十二句,初二句總、餘十句別。釋通橫竪,橫釋可知,竪配十地,一證發心故不退」

法藏之五分科(就六十本,與澄觀六分名數俱異):

「第四生貴住中,五分同前。初舉法勸修中,國通、城別。」〔T35n1733 0458c11〕

智儼之三分科(就六十本):

〔T35n1732 0092a25〕「第四生貴住菩薩,良醫名彌伽,入所言不虛法門,即初教勸、二「時善財」〔0092a26〕下依教趣入、三「良醫」〔0092a27〕下謂正入證。」


二、術語

漢古德傳梵(羅馬字·發音輔助)所徵精義
彌伽—本品「漸次南行,至自在城,求覓彌伽」〔T10n0279 0337b27〕本節善知識之名;探玄記作「彌加」並釋「此翻名雲」〔T35n1733 0458c21〕
生貴住—澄觀「第四彌伽,寄生貴住」〔T35n1735 0926c10〕十住之第四;本節所寄之位,經文不自標,出古德配位
輪字莊嚴法門—本品「說輪字莊嚴法門」〔T10n0279 0337b29〕彌伽於市肆所說之法;經文後段又作「輪字品莊嚴法門」〔0338a24〕
妙音陀羅尼—(「陀羅尼」本即古傳音寫)本品「我已獲得妙音陀羅尼」〔T10n0279 0338a26〕彌伽自明所得;能分別知三千大千世界一切語言
陀羅尼—(古傳音寫)本品「云何入陀羅尼普得清淨」〔T10n0279 0337c07〕總持;善財十二問之第七問所求
阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心—(古傳音寫)本品「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」〔T10n0279 0337c02〕無上正等正覺之心;本節稱讚之所繫
五體投地—本品「於善財所五體投地」〔T10n0279 0337c15〕二膝二肘及頂著地之極敬;本節為善知識禮童子之儀
師子座—本品「坐於說法師子之座」〔T10n0279 0337b28〕說法之座;彌伽下之而禮善財,後乃「還昇本座」〔0338a26〕
法句海—本品「說一切深密法句海」〔T10n0279 0338b05〕推勝十四句中之七句所舉;以海喻其無盡
字輪際—本品「一切差別字輪際」〔T10n0279 0338b10〕推勝末句;澄觀「而言際者,窮理盡性故」〔T35n1735 0927b28〕
住林—本品「有一聚落,名曰:住林」〔T10n0279 0338b11〕後友解脫長者所居;澄觀「住林者,方便具足住,眾德建立故」〔T35n1735 0927c01〕

三、譬喻·修辭

(一) 歎菩薩十三喻——經文以四句法說菩薩之於眾生(恃怙·拯濟·依處·救護),其下連舉十三喻:「菩薩如風輪,持諸世間不令墮落惡趣故;如大地,增長眾生善根故;如大海,福德充滿無盡故;如淨日,智慧光明普照故」〔T10n0279 0338a11〕,次「如須彌,善根高出故;如明月,智光出現故;如猛將,摧伏魔軍故;如君主,佛法城中得自在故;如猛火,燒盡眾生我愛心故」〔0338a14〕,末「如大雲,降霔無量妙法雨故;如時雨,增長一切信根芽故;如船師,示導法海津濟處故;如橋梁,令其得度生死海故」〔0338a17〕:

  • 喻依十三:風輪、大地、大海、淨日、須彌、明月、猛將、君主、猛火、大雲、時雨、船師、橋梁——逐字實計十三,無漏無重。
  • 喻體皆「菩薩」,而所顯之用各別:持、長、滿、照、高、現、摧、自在、燒、霔、長、導、度。
  • 澄觀繫此十三喻於前之四法句:「有十三喻,初二喻恃怙、次四喻拯濟、次君喻依處、餘喻救護。」〔T35n1735 0927a15〕

(二) 白分初月喻(澄觀所引)——釋善知識何以下座禮童子:

〔T35n1735 0926c27〕「故《法界無差別論》云「敬禮菩提心者,如人禮白分初月,不禮滿月,以希現故,滿月由此故。」〔0926c27〕」

以初月喻初發心,以滿月喻已成之佛果——所以禮初月而不禮滿月者,一因初月希有難見,二因滿月正由初月而來。

(三) 象迹喻(澄觀引賢首引日照三藏釋「輪」)——〔T35n1735 0927a20〕「一約字相,《楞伽》中云『字輪圓滿猶如象迹』〔T35n1735 0927a20〕等。」以象迹之圓滿喻字輪之圓滿。

(四) 孔雀尾輪喻(澄觀引《毘盧遮那經》)——「謂此阿字輪,猶如孔雀尾輪光明圍繞,行者而住其中,即是住於佛位。」〔T35n1735 0927b01〕以孔雀尾之輪相圍繞喻阿字輪之布列。

(五) 市肆之表法(李通玄)——「即如善財於市肆之上見彌伽長者說輪字經」〔T36n1739 0832b18〕,其下曰「即表生死市󱈎閙而常寂」〔0832b19〕:以市集之喧鬧喻生死,而說法於其中即表鬧中之寂。

(六) 帝網喻(李通玄)——「又如帝釋寶網互為緣起,映徹重重。一字之中有無盡字句」〔T36n1739 0832b21〕以帝網之重重相映喻一字含無盡字句。

(七) 「則」字句之鋪排——歎發心一段連下二十二「則」字句(逐字實計):初十句歎發心之德(不斷佛種以至信解堅固),次十一句十王敬護(如來所持以至諸世間主稱揚慶悅),後一句外益眾生(眾生界悉得安隱)。澄觀判其節次:「於中三:初有十句,因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發,而汝能發是謂希奇。」〔T35n1735 0927a06〕〔0927a09〕「次「則為一切」〔0927a09〕下十王敬護。後「則今一切眾生界」〔0927a09〕下外益眾生。」

(八) 「所謂」十一句之收束——「所謂:令捨惡趣故,令出難處故,斷一切貧窮根本故」〔T10n0279 0338a03〕以下,句句以「故」結,凡十一句(逐字實計),自捨惡趣至住菩薩地,由粗至細層層向內。


四、異譯對勘

本節經文要句之漢譯校本:實叉難陀 T279(底本·卷六十三)· 佛馱跋陀羅 T278(晉譯六十華嚴〈入法界品第三十四〉·卷四十六)。· 般若 T293(貞元四十華嚴〈入不思議解脫境界普賢行願品〉·卷五)。依本帙凡例,四十本於品三十九作全帙補鏡,故本目三本並列:句一至句八以底本與晉譯逐字對勘,句九別出四十本之對位。四十本此友之名與八十本同作「彌伽」〔T10n0293 0684a15〕而別稱「大士」;其文自成一系,錄其逐字而不以其字補底本。

句一 依教趣求·念前法

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279爾時,善財童子一心正念法光明法門,深信趣入,專念於佛,不斷三寶T10n0279 0337b23
佛馱 T278爾時,善財童子一心正念法光法門,具足法力;正念諸佛,不斷三寶T09n0278 0692c13

異文所繫:(甲) 前友所授法門之名,80 作「法光明法門」,60 作「法光法門」。(乙) 80 次句作「深信趣入」,60 作「具足法力」。(丙) 80「專念於佛」,60「正念諸佛」。誌錄不判。

句二 城名·其人之號·會眾之數·所說之經

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279漸次南行,至自在城,求覓彌伽T10n0279 0337b27
佛馱 T278漸至彼國,入呪藥城,求良醫彌伽,今在何所T09n0278 0692c18
實叉 T279乃見其人於市肆中,坐於說法師子之座,十千人眾所共圍遶,說輪字莊嚴法門T10n0279 0337b28
佛馱 T278爾時,童子見彼良醫,處正法堂,論師子座,與一萬大眾前後圍遶,為說輪字莊嚴光經T09n0278 0692c19

異文所繫:(甲) 城名——80 作「自在城」,60 作「呪藥城」。法藏就六十本判「國通、城別」,並謂「名自在者,良醫於此攝化自在,故以為名」〔T35n1733 0458c12〕,是探玄記以「自在」為國名、「呪藥」為城名;八十本則逕作「至自在城」。(乙) 其人之號——80 但稱其名「彌伽」,60 通稱「良醫」。(丙) 說法之處——80 作「市肆中」,60 作「正法堂」。(丁) 會眾之數——80「十千人眾」,60「一萬大眾」。(戊) 所說之名——80「輪字莊嚴法門」,60「輪字莊嚴光經」。輪/論異本諸德解釋,誌錄不判;法藏之明判另繫下節。

法藏明判

法藏並記異本與勘梵之事:〔T35n1733 0459a02〕「有本錯作「論」〔0459a02〕字,諸德種種解釋。近勘兩本梵經,皆名「輪」〔0459a03〕字,請則改正。」

句三 諮問十二句之首尾

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而我未知菩薩云何學菩薩行T10n0279 0337c02
佛馱 T278大聖!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何向菩薩行T09n0278 0692c23
實叉 T279云何得智慧力,於一切法悉能決定分別其義T10n0279 0337c11
佛馱 T278云何得智慧力,於一切法,得決定智,了真實義T09n0278 0693a03

異文所繫:(甲) 呼格——80 作「聖者」,60 作「大聖」。(乙) 總問二句,80 作「云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」〔T10n0279 0337c03〕,60 作「云何向菩薩行?云何學菩薩行?」〔T09n0278 0692c24〕——二本之動詞與次第互異。(丙) 二本問句皆十二(逐字實計),義項可一一相應。誌錄不判。

句四 審定與敬讚

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279善男子!汝已發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心耶T10n0279 0337c13
佛馱 T278善男子!汝已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心耶T09n0278 0693a05
實叉 T279彌伽遽即下師子座,於善財所五體投地,散金銀華無價寶珠T10n0279 0337c15
佛馱 T278爾時,良醫下師子座,五體投地,敬禮善財;禮已,散妙金華T09n0278 0693a06

異文所繫:(甲) 80「遽即」二字狀其急,60 無。(乙) 善財之答,80 作「唯!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」〔T10n0279 0337c14〕,60 作「唯然」二字〔T09n0278 0693a06〕。(丙) 所散之物二本互異,80 有「無價寶珠」「上妙碎末栴檀」,60 有「無價摩尼」「勝末栴檀」「無價寶衣」。誌錄不判。

句五 歎發心之句式

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279則為不斷一切佛種,則為嚴淨一切佛剎,則為成熟一切眾生T10n0279 0337c21
佛馱 T278則為守護一切佛性;嚴淨一切諸佛剎性;化眾生性T09n0278 0693a12

異文所繫:(甲) 句式——80 句句冠「則」字(則為十七·則令二·則如實解一·則能一·則與一)其中十九句以「一切…」承之(則如實解·則能明見·則令信解三句無),逐字實計二十二句;60 於首句冠「則為」,其下諸句多以「性」字結(佛性·剎性·眾生性·如法性·業性·菩薩行性·大願性·離欲性·一切法性),不逐句復冠。(乙) 首句之動詞,80 作「不斷」,60 作「守護」。誌錄不判。

句六 歎菩薩十三喻之喻依

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279菩薩如風輪,持諸世間不令墮落惡趣故T10n0279 0338a11
佛馱 T278菩薩為大風輪,安持眾生,不令墜落三惡道故T09n0278 0693b01
實叉 T279如君主,佛法城中得自在故T10n0279 0338a15
佛馱 T278菩薩為善丈夫,於法城中,為君王故T09n0278 0693b07

異文所繫:(甲) 句式——80 首句作「菩薩如風輪」而其下十二喻承之作「如大地」「如大海」等,60 則句句復舉「菩薩為」。(乙) 喻依之目互異:80 之「淨日」60 作「日」、80 之「明月」60 作「月」、80 之「猛將」60 作「大將」、80 之「君主」60 作『善丈夫而為君王』、80 之「猛火」60 作「火」、80 之「大雲」60 作「雲」、80 之「時雨」60 作「正見」、80 之「船師」60 作「方」。(丙) 80「如猛火,燒盡眾生我愛心故」〔T10n0279 0338a16〕,60 作「菩薩為火,能燒眾生諸貪愛故」〔T09n0278 0693b08〕——所燒者,80 作「我愛心」,60 作「諸貪愛」。誌錄不判。

句七 所得法門之名與推勝之海句

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279善男子!我已獲得妙音陀羅尼,能分別知三千大千世界中諸天語言T10n0279 0338a26
佛馱 T278善男子!我已成就所言不虛法門,分別了知三千大千世界,諸天語言T09n0278 0693b19
實叉 T279善男子!我唯知此菩薩妙音陀羅尼光明法門T10n0279 0338b02
佛馱 T278善男子!我唯知此菩薩所言不虛法門,云何能說諸菩薩行T09n0278 0693b24
實叉 T279能普入一切眾生種種想海、種種施設海、種種名號海、種種語言海T10n0279 0338b04
佛馱 T278隨順深入眾生一切相海、隨順深入眾生一切施設海、隨順深入諸名號海、隨順深入諸語言海T09n0278 0693b25

異文所繫:(甲) 法門名異——80 作「妙音陀羅尼」(謙己處復作「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」〔T10n0279 0338b03〕),60 作「所言不虛法門」;此為本節二譯最大之名異。(乙) 推勝之句,80 逐字實計十四句(四想施設名號語言海·七法句海·呪術海·音聲莊嚴輪·字輪際),60 作十句「隨順深入」之句而別無「呪術海」「字輪際」,末別出「逮得一切圓滿莊嚴,微妙音聲,出生分別諸文字輪」〔T09n0278 0693c02〕。(丙) 80 以「能普入」冠句,60 以「隨順深入」冠句。誌錄不判。

句八 指示後友與禮辭

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279善男子!從此南行,有一聚落,名曰:住林;彼有長者,名曰:解脫T10n0279 0338b11
佛馱 T278善男子!於此南方,有一國土,名曰住林;彼有長者,名曰解脫T09n0278 0693c03
實叉 T279禮彌伽足,涕泗悲泣,遶無量匝,戀慕瞻仰,辭退而行T10n0279 0338b16
佛馱 T278頭面禮足,乃至辭退南行T09n0278 0693c08

異文所繫:(甲) 後友所居,80 作「聚落」,60 作「國土」,而名同作「住林」。(乙) 所問四句,80 作『修·成·集·思』〔T10n0279 0338b12〕,60 作『向·修·成·思』〔T09n0278 0693c05〕。(丙) 禮辭之文,80 具「涕泗悲泣」〔T10n0279 0338b16〕「戀慕瞻仰」諸相,60 逕以「乃至」略之。誌錄不判。

句九 四十本(T293)對位

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279爾時,善財童子一心正念法光明法門,深信趣入,專念於佛,不斷三寶T10n0279 0337b23
般若 T293爾時,善財童子一心隨順善知識教,正念觀彼法光明門;以清淨心深信趣入,念法威力,順佛所行,專心憶持,紹三寶種,歎離欲性T10n0293 0684a06
實叉 T279漸次南行,至自在城,求覓彌伽T10n0279 0337b27
般若 T293如是觀察,漸次南行,至達邏比吒國,入金剛層城,周遍求覓彌伽大士T10n0293 0684a14
實叉 T279乃見其人於市肆中,坐於說法師子之座,十千人眾所共圍遶,說輪字莊嚴法門T10n0279 0337b28
般若 T293乃見其人於市肆中,處高臺上,坐師子座,十千人眾所共圍遶,廣說輪字莊嚴法門T10n0293 0684a16
實叉 T279聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而我未知菩薩云何學菩薩行T10n0279 0337c02
般若 T293聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道T10n0293 0684a19
實叉 T279彌伽遽即下師子座,於善財所五體投地,散金銀華無價寶珠T10n0279 0337c15
般若 T293彌伽遽即下師子座,由為尊重菩提心故,於善財前五體投地,一心禮敬T10n0293 0684b04
實叉 T279則為不斷一切佛種,則為嚴淨一切佛剎,則為成熟一切眾生T10n0279 0337c21
般若 T293善男子!若有能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心者,則為勤求一切智智不斷佛種,則為永離一切世間凡夫種性,則為嚴淨一切諸佛所有剎土T10n0293 0684b11
實叉 T279菩薩如風輪,持諸世間不令墮落惡趣故T10n0279 0338a11
般若 T293何以故?菩薩出世與諸眾生為大利益:如父母,長養安慰令成就故;如瓔珞,莊嚴一切諸天人故;如船師,於生死海度眾生故T10n0293 0684c09
實叉 T279善男子!我已獲得妙音陀羅尼,能分別知三千大千世界中諸天語言T10n0279 0338a26
般若 T293善男子!我已成就妙音陀羅尼光明法門,於一念中能分別知三千大千世界所有欲色諸天語言差別祕密T10n0293 0685a07
實叉 T279能普入一切眾生種種想海、種種施設海、種種名號海、種種語言海T10n0279 0338b04
般若 T293如諸菩薩摩訶薩普能隨入一切眾生種種想行眷屬海;普能隨入一切眾生種種建立施設海;普能隨入一切眾生種種稱謂名字海;普能隨入一切眾生種種方俗語言海T10n0293 0685b03
實叉 T279善男子!從此南行,有一聚落,名曰:住林;彼有長者,名曰:解脫T10n0279 0338b11
般若 T293善男子!從此南方有一聚落名為住林,彼有長者名住解脫T10n0293 0685b21
實叉 T279禮彌伽足,涕泗悲泣,遶無量匝,戀慕瞻仰,辭退而行T10n0279 0338b16
般若 T293禮彌伽足,悲泣流淚,遶無量匝,戀慕瞻仰,辭退南行T10n0293 0685b28

異文所繫:(甲) 國城之名——80 但作「至自在城」,40 作「至達邏比吒國,入金剛層城」〔T10n0293 0684a14〕,60 作「入呪藥城」〔T09n0278 0692c18〕;40 之國城名與前友段所指者相應。(乙) 念前法一節,80 十句,40 之文較廣而句次互異:80 作「不斷三寶」,40 作「紹三寶種」;80 無「念法威力,順佛所行」二句而 40 有。(丙) 見之一節,40 多「處高臺上」一事,80 但作「坐於說法師子之座」;所說之名,80 作「說輪字莊嚴法門」,40 作「廣說輪字莊嚴法門」。(丁) 下座之由,40 於經文自標「由為尊重菩提心故」〔T10n0293 0684b04〕並作「一心禮敬」,80 但作「於善財所五體投地」——40 於禮敬處明說其由「由為尊重菩提心故」〔T10n0293 0684b04〕;澄觀就 80 別以「菩提心是佛因故,能廣出生諸功德故」〔T35n1735 0926c26〕釋之——經文之由與注家之釋分層。(戊) 諮問之數,二本皆十二句(逐字實計,40 之數不含指示後友四問與推勝一問);辭則互異,如 80「云何得平等意堅固不動」,40 作「云何心得堅固,勤求佛法無有厭倦」。(己) 歎發心之「則」句,80 逐字實計二十二句,40 逐字實計二十三句(「則為」十二·「則能」一·「則與」一·「則得」八·「則令」一);末之世間主一句,80 作「則為一切諸世間主稱揚慶悅」,40 作「則得一切諸世間主同心慶悅」。其下「所謂」句二本皆十一(逐字實計)。(庚) 歎菩薩一段之開合——80 先立四句法(恃怙·拯濟·依處·救護)而後繫十三喻;40 無此四句法,逕以「何以故?菩薩出世與諸眾生為大利益」總起而列十九喻(逐字實計十九:父母·瓔珞·船師·屋宅·商主·赫日·君主·熾火·大雲·時雨·船舫·橋梁·津濟·風輪·大地·大海·滿月·猛將·須彌)。二本同目者十(船師·君主·大雲·時雨·橋梁·風輪·大地·大海·猛將·須彌),異形者三(80 淨日/40 赫日·80 明月/40 滿月·80 猛火/40 熾火),40 獨有者六(父母·瓔珞·屋宅·商主·船舫·津濟)。(辛) 還座與放光之序互異——80 先〔T10n0279 0338a19〕「彌伽如是讚歎善財」而後放光集眾、說輪字、得益,末乃〔0338a25〕「彌伽於是還昇本座」而授妙音;40 作「是時,彌伽還昇本座,從其面門放種種光」〔T10n0293 0684c27〕,還座在放光之前。(壬) 所得法門之名,80 作「妙音陀羅尼」而謙己處復作「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」,40 於授法處逕作「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」,60 作「所言不虛法門」;法藏記天竺本之名作「得妙音陀羅尼法門」〔T35n1733 0459b10〕。(癸) 推勝之句,80 逐字十四句而冠「能普入」,40 逐字十五句而冠「普能隨入」(逐字實計十五);40 末三句作「一切世界種種眾生音聲語言際」〔T10n0293 0685b17〕「一切諸佛清淨法輪,圓滿莊嚴際」〔0685b18〕「一切世間種種字輪,普遍出生顯示諸法際」〔0685b19〕,80 作「一切音聲莊嚴輪」「一切差別字輪際」。(子) 後友之名與所問——80 作「長者,名曰:解脫」,40 作「長者名住解脫」;所囑四問,80 作『修·成·集·思』,40 作『修集·出生·成就·思惟』。禮辭之相,80 作「涕泗悲泣」「辭退而行」,40 作「悲泣流淚」「辭退南行」。全錄不判。


五、宗義之經據〔眼〕

(一) 師禮資之所以——菩提心是佛因。本節最特出之事,是說法師下座禮童子。澄觀直釋其故:

「所以師禮資者,以菩提心是佛因故,能廣出生諸功德故。」〔T35n1735 0926c25〕

其下引論為證,並以初月滿月之喻申之:「敬禮菩提心者,如人禮白分初月,不禮滿月,以希現故,滿月由此故。」〔T35n1735 0926c27〕又引「發心畢竟二不別,如是二心先心難。」〔0926c29〕而結之曰「是故我禮初發心人。」〔0927a01〕

澄觀復解一疑——既禮之矣,何以又昇本座而說:

「況未說法未定為師,後授己法方升本座,不乖重法。前諸知識而不爾者,為僧敬俗,事不便故。」〔T35n1735 0927a01〕

前之德雲、海雲、善住三友皆比丘而不行此禮,此友則行之,澄觀繫其故於僧俗之儀,不繫於德之高下。

(二) 諮問十二句之橫竪二釋。澄觀於十二問立二種讀法:

「釋通橫竪,橫釋可知,竪配十地,一證發心故不退;二不誤犯故;三得禪定故;四精進故;五入俗故須總持;六般若現故;七權實雙行為甚深義,得觀察智慧地故,具足辯才;八無功用方為正念;九力增上故;十智增上故。」〔T35n1735 0926c17〕

橫者,十句平列各為一義;竪者,十句次第配十地。此一竪配是澄觀之科,非經文自標。

(三) 「輪」之三義與字輪之教。澄觀先錄賢首所引日照三藏之三義:

〔T35n1735 0927a19〕「言輪字品莊嚴法門者,賢首引日照三藏解云:「輪有多義。一約字相,《楞伽》中云『字輪圓滿猶如象迹』〔T35n1735 0927a20〕等。二約所詮,盡理圓備,如輪滿足。三約用,謂妙音陀羅尼,有轉授義、滅惑義,如法輪等。即輪字教法,詮示莊嚴。」〔0927a20〕」

錄畢而評曰「此釋已佳」,復自引《毘盧遮那經》〈字輪品〉為助:「是遍一切處法門,謂菩薩若住此字輪法門,始從初發妙菩提心,乃至成佛,於是中間所有一切自利利他種種事業皆得成就。」〔T35n1735 0927a25〕又「如最初阿字,即是菩提之心。」〔0927a28〕(疏於阿字下有讀音夾注〔上〕)又釋「字輪」之所以名輪:「所謂字輪者,從此輪轉而生諸字輪,是生義。」〔0927b04〕又釋「莊嚴」:「種種布列員位,故名莊嚴。」〔0927b13〕

(四) 何以此位說字輪。澄觀繫之於位次之轉——前友之法是無相智光,此位將入俗,故須寄字表義:

「所以次前而辨斯者,前無礙解脫即無相智光,今將入俗兼存有無,寄字表義。又為總持令不失故。既為醫人,亦以字輪消伏障故;聖教中生,宜持字故。」〔T35n1735 0927b14〕

「聖教中生」四字正是「生貴住」之義所在——生於佛家,故宜持教之字。

(五) 妙音陀羅尼之體——四十二字與十四音。澄觀判「妙音陀羅尼」之標名與顯用,並指其與輪字法門為一:

〔T35n1735 0927b19〕「妙音陀羅尼者標名,「能分別」〔0927b19〕下顯用。此妙音持,即前輪字法門。然字即四十二字,音即十四音,謂哀阿億伊等,以十四音遍入諸字,故出字無盡。」

其所以能知一切語言,理在於此——音遍入字,故字無盡;字無盡,故言無不通。澄觀復結曰「二處互舉,理實相成。」〔0927b23〕市肆所說之「輪字」與座上所授之「妙音」,是一法之二面。

(六) 推勝十四句與「際」字。澄觀分十四句之義:

〔T35n1735 0927b25〕「後「如諸」〔0927b25〕下仰推勝進。別有十四句,前四可知,五詮深密故、六無餘說故、七法融時法故、八勝故、九勝中勝故,次三可知,十三十四即前所得。而言際者,窮理盡性故。」

末句「一切差別字輪際」之「際」,澄觀釋為窮理盡性——不是邊際之際,是究竟之際。

(七) 生貴住之表法。法藏就國名城名釋此位:

「又表此位中種姓尊貴生在佛家,是故國名自在。城名呪藥者,謂於此城中放三昧光破無明闇,如呪除鬼病。說輪字法破餘煩惱,如藥療餘病。」〔T35n1733 0458c13〕

又釋良醫之寄位:「以此寄當無流位故,滅障義顯,故以表之。」〔T35n1733 0458c20〕


六、諸家異釋(古德·標宗)

澄觀《華嚴經疏》T35n1735(八十華嚴逐文·主)

科名:「第四彌伽,寄生貴住,亦具六分。」〔T35n1735 0926c10〕

念前法十句之開:〔T35n1735 0926c12〕「十句,初總,即前所得法門;「深信」〔0926c13〕已下皆別起觀修。文顯可知。」

歎發心三節:「於中三:初有十句,因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發,而汝能發是謂希奇。其相多同〈初發心品〉。此中亦具深直悲心,可以意得。」〔T35n1735 0927a06〕

讚求友之意:「第二讚求友中,以菩薩難遇而能求能遇,故知善財是深法器。亦預誡求友之心,故解脫處歷十二年不生疲厭。」〔T35n1735 0927a10〕

十三喻之配:「有十三喻,初二喻恃怙、次四喻拯濟、次君喻依處、餘喻救護。」〔T35n1735 0927a15〕

授法二節:〔T35n1735 0927a16〕「第二「彌伽如是讚歎」〔0927a16〕下授己法門,中二:先現通益物,令其目覩;後「彌伽於是還升」〔0927a18〕下升座說授,令其聽聞。」

後友之名義:「年耆德艾、事長於人,故稱長者。於其身內現無邊佛境,定用自在,故名解脫。」〔T35n1735 0927c01〕

法藏《探玄記》T35n1733(六十華嚴疏)

科分五:「第四生貴住中,五分同前。」〔T35n1733 0458c11〕

名義:「彌加者,此翻名雲,謂能注法雨潤益眾生故名也。略無歎德,餘同前辨。」〔T35n1733 0458c21〕——底本用字作「彌加」,八十本作「彌伽」,二形並錄不判。

良醫之號出於種類:「以此良醫者,天竺本名達閉多。解云:此是種類之號,在南天竺,如此方吳楚等類。但此類中,此人善醫故,能以法藥善治惑病,故以為名。」〔T35n1733 0458c16〕

念前法十句之開(與澄觀『初總餘別』異):〔T35n1733 0458c24〕「十句中,初二句念所得所具、次「正念佛」〔0458c24〕下二句念所歸所離、次「念善知識」〔0458c25〕下二句念所求所度、次「於一切」〔0458c26〕下二句明護煩惱行、後「悉能」〔0458c27〕下二句護小乘行。」

見敬申請四分:「第三見敬申請中四:先入見依報。二見正報法堂顯其正位。」〔T35n1733 0458c28〕

輪字三義(與澄觀所錄賢首引日照三藏同源而文異):「三約用,謂下所言不虛等,有傳授義滅惑義,如法輪等。即輪字,教法詮示,莊嚴光行。除障為光,證理為嚴。」〔T35n1733 0459a05〕

示法界二分:〔T35n1733 0459a10〕「第四「爾時良醫」〔0459a10〕下明示法界中二:初敬歎法器、後授己法門。」

何故禮者——古釋三說與法藏之今更釋:「何故禮者?古釋云:顯敬法重人故」〔T35n1733 0459a12〕,古釋之二三作「又云:敬其道器也。又云:不輕末學也。」〔0459a16〕法藏乃自出一釋:「今更釋:以菩提心是佛因故,重其果而敬其因,此敬則是行菩薩行故,示此軌則令眾倣學。」〔0459a17〕復出一釋:〔T35n1733 0459a19〕「又釋:佛果大心不足為難,創起大心此則為難,是故經云「發心畢竟二不別,如是二心前心難。自未得度先度他,故我頂禮初發心。」〔0459a21〕」末更引論:「如新翻《法界無差別論》中,敬禮菩提心者,如世間人禮白分初月不禮滿等,以希現故、滿月由此故。」〔0459a23〕——澄觀所引之論與此同源,而法藏標其為「新翻」。

歎德三分與初十句之五對因義:〔T35n1733 0459a26〕「三「敬重」〔0459a26〕下明言中歎德中三:初十歎大心功德能。初二為佛果依正性。性者因也,以菩提心是因法,故皆云性。次二成所化因。次二成業行因。次二願智因,謂願常隨有,智恒離欲。後二為大果因,謂菩提涅槃也。」——法藏就六十本讀初十句,句句以「性」字結,而以「性者因也」一語貫之:菩提心是因法,故十句之「性」皆作因解。五對之目為佛果依正因·所化因·業行因·願智因·大果因。澄觀就八十本則判此十句為「因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發」〔T35n1735 0927a06〕——一家以「性」為因而開五對,一家以功歸初發而言終成,各是一軌,誌錄不判。

前既敬禮今何故復坐:「問:前既敬禮,今何故復坐?答:前未與法,非弟子故,致敬無咎;今現師位,是故還坐。」〔T35n1733 0459b08〕澄觀作「未說法未定為師」,法藏作「非弟子故」——二家所繫之名分互異。

六十本法門名之釋與天竺本:「所言不虛者,言必饒益故。天竺本名得妙音陀羅尼法門。解云:即是此中分別知天龍等語言是也。」〔T35n1733 0459b10〕

仰推三分與科訖:〔T35n1733 0459b12〕「第五「云何能說」〔0459b12〕下仰推勝進中三:初一句總舉。」其二三作〔0459b13〕「二「彼諸菩薩」〔0459b13〕下別顯,十句悉是言音字句施設等,繁廣如海,勝進深入非己能知。三「逮得」〔0459b15〕下結彼所得深妙之法。」科訖之語:〔0459b16〕「第四生貴住竟。」

李通玄《新華嚴經論》T36n1739(表法異軌)

「四生貴住,明對治世間法則,及生死煩闠不自在障,令自在故。」〔T36n1739 0832b17〕

「於一一字猶如車輪,一多圓滿互體相成。」〔T36n1739 0832b20〕

「一字之中有無盡字句,為世間名句文身,引諸未學以成教軌,即俗士彌伽以成其行,為令得出世心。」〔T36n1739 0832b21〕

「此當善財第四善知識彌伽長者說輪字法門,了俗諦法,而令愚黑者得出世樂故。」〔T36n1739 0830c04〕

名之三釋(〈入法界品〉逐文釋):國名——「國名達里鼻荼者,其國在南印土境,名義未譯。」〔T36n1739 0958c26〕友名——「彌伽,此云能伏,為出世智已恒現前、世間智已得具足,真俗二智已滿,能伏邪見異論故,故名能伏。亦名為雲,以能有德蔭俗雨法故,故名為雲。」〔0958c27〕城名——「城名自在者,明出世智已得現前,於世名言義智自在,故名自在。此依主立名也。」〔0959a01〕

十門科(與澄觀六分·法藏五分·智儼三分俱異):〔T36n1739 0959a04〕「第一正入當位法門。從「爾時善財童子」〔0959a04〕已下至「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」〔0959a05〕有六十七行經,約分為十門」,其目為「一正念其所授之法思惟勝進、二南行至處推覓彌伽、三見已致敬禮畢、四正申所求、五彌伽遽自下座五體投地敬初發心、六散金銀華無價寶為座令善財坐上、七稱讚善財而能發無上大菩提心為世所依、八彌伽面門放光集眾、九彌伽為眾說輪字品莊嚴門、十彌伽授與善財妙音陀羅尼光明法門。」〔0959a06〕

下座敬禮之理(與澄觀「菩提心是佛因」異軌):「彌伽所以遽自下座五體投地致敬善財者,遽者疾也,明彌伽致敬能發大菩提心者,與十方諸佛同一體性、同一智慧、同一解脫,人天所依,何得不敬。」〔T36n1739 0959a14〕又繫於二智之位次:「以表俗諦差別智敬真諦根本智,以俗智是根本智中起故。」〔0959a24〕

生貴住之表法:「又此第四生貴住,明三界業謝,名生在佛家。第四地亦名生在佛家,與此住位同知同得、同見其法,依本而安立之。」〔T36n1739 0959b02〕

輪字之釋——名字無自性與主伴:「如是互為主伴、互為莊嚴。有無緣起皆無自性」〔T36n1739 0959b13〕「眾生及名字言音皆無自性,以此名字圓滿清淨,音聲無所障礙。」〔0959b14〕「皆一一字中有無盡義,猶如帝網影像相入。」〔0959c03〕法門名之所以:「以智體性,隨其類音皆令歡喜而得解脫故,名妙音陀羅尼光明法門。」〔0959c07〕

此位之波羅蜜與俗士之表:「此第四生貴住善知識,以精進波羅蜜為體,餘九為伴。」〔T36n1739 0959c08〕「前三善友明出世智慧,明三比丘表之。此彌伽及解脫長者二人,明處世間解脫故,還以俗士表之。」〔0959c11〕

第二昇進前位門四門:〔T36n1739 0959c14〕「第二昇進前位門中,從「如諸菩薩摩訶薩」〔0959c14〕已下至「辭退而行」〔0959c15〕有十四行經,約分為四門:一推德於先、二示其善友所在、三舉善友之名、四頂禮辭去。」不別立國土之由:「此不推別有國土,但南行有一聚落者,明同處俗流。以精進波羅蜜與禪波羅蜜大體不二故,所以不別國也。」〔0959c17〕

智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732

科分三:〔T35n1732 0092a25〕「第四生貴住菩薩,良醫名彌伽,入所言不虛法門,即初教勸、二「時善財」〔0092a26〕下依教趣入、三「良醫」〔0092a27〕下謂正入證。」

依教趣入七節:〔T35n1732 0092a28〕「二依教趣入中有七:初辭進;二「爾時一心」〔0092a29〕下念前法門令其成滿;三「漸至」〔0092a29〕下進向勝分;四「入祝藥城」〔0092b01〕下依教簡擇;五見相;六敬儀;七請問,有二可知。」

正入三節與歎發心五節:〔T35n1732 0092b02〕「三正入中有三:初歎發心、二「爾時良醫稱揚」〔0092b03〕下說自分法、三「云何能說」〔0092b04〕仰推勝分。初文有五:一審發心、二明答、三禮供養、四「敬重」〔0092b05〕下歎發心功德、五「當知菩薩」〔0092b06〕下通歎菩薩化德。」

說自分法四節:〔T35n1732 0092b09〕「第二說自分法中有四:初明口放光集眾;二「時彼良醫」〔0092b10〕下廣辨智慧法門;三「所應作已」〔0092b11〕下攝儀歸本,有三:初歸、次說法門名、三明德用」——智儼於此四節之第三更開三小節,是本節諸家科中最細之一處。

結仰推二節:〔T35n1732 0092b12〕「第四結仰推中有二:初總、次「彼諸」〔0092b13〕下別也。」

誌錄不判

本節之科,澄觀開六分(依教趣求·見敬諮問·稱讚授法·謙己推勝·指示後友·戀德禮辭),法藏就六十本開五分,智儼就六十本開三分而依教趣入之下更立七節、正入之下更立三節;三家所得之數與所屬俱異。念前法十句之開合,澄觀作『初總餘別』(一總九別),法藏作五對(所得所具·所歸所離·所求所度·護煩惱行·護小乘行)——一作一九之分,一作二二之偶。善知識之名義,法藏繫於「此翻名雲」而以注法雨釋之,智儼《孔目章》正文作「五名彌伽良醫」〔T45n1870 0589a03〕,名下夾注〔此方名多雲〕、良醫下夾注〔祝藥者說藥也〕,李通玄則別釋其名曰「彌伽,此云能伏」〔T36n1739 0958c27〕,復記「亦名為雲,以能有德蔭俗雨法故」〔0958c29〕,而以市肆表生死之鬧寂。此位之表法,法藏繫於「種姓尊貴生在佛家」〔T35n1733 0458c13〕而以國名城名為證,李通玄繫於「對治世間法則」而以字輪之一多相成為證。輪字之三義,澄觀錄賢首所引日照三藏之文而復引《毘盧遮那經》〈字輪品〉助之,法藏所錄之三義第三約用作「所言不虛」(六十本法門名)而澄觀作「妙音陀羅尼」(八十本法門名)。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之,不判高下。


七、互讀·承衍

本節之文,承衍繫鏈皆自古德已行之互讀直回:

  • 智儼《華嚴經孔目章》T45n1870:善知識名列(原表四十六項),本友居第五——「初文殊師利 二名功德雲比丘」〔T45n1870 0589a01〕「三名海雲比丘 四名善住比丘」〔0589a02〕「五名彌伽良醫」〔0589a03〕。名作「彌伽」與八十本同;「良醫」亦《孔目章》正文,非注——名下夾注〔此方名多雲〕,良醫下夾注〔祝藥者說藥也〕;「良醫」之稱取自六十本。此列是華嚴一宗善知識次第之最簡骨架。
  • 法藏《探玄記》之勘梵記事:〔T35n1733 0459a02〕「近勘兩本梵經,皆名「輪」〔0459a03〕字,請則改正。」——此為古德就異本「輪」「論」二形所作之校記,本節之名據此定於「輪」。
  • 澄觀所引之三典:《法界無差別論》(釋禮初發心者)〔T35n1735 0926c27〕·《楞伽》(釋字輪如象迹)〔0927a20〕·《毘盧遮那經》〈字輪品〉(釋阿字輪與三部五字)〔0927a24〕。三典之文皆由澄觀轉引,本節之承衍面唯在此轉引之內。
  • 澄觀《演義鈔》T36n1736(疏之自釋):本節疏文,鈔逐句自釋(鈔為疏之自釋,亦本版補核引經關係之所據),並分疏與鈔之說者。其一,分疏之引證為二:〔T36n1736 0669c11〕「先正釋,以敬法重人故;二「故法界」〔0669c12〕下引證,一引論、二「又發心畢竟」〔0669c13〕下引經。即《涅槃》三十七至迦葉讚佛。」——疏所引之偈非本經文,出《涅槃》卷三十七迦葉讚佛之處;鈔並補其具文:〔0669c14〕「具云「發心畢竟二不別,如是二心先心難。自未得度先度他,是故我禮初發心。初發已為天人師,勝出聲聞及緣覺,如是發心過三界,是故得名最無上。」〔0669c14〕今略引三句耳。」其二,釋疏之「不乖重法」:〔0669c21〕「言「不乖重法」〔0669c21〕者,以師禮資義似自輕,昇座方說不乖重法。」並引《涅槃》第六為重法之證:〔T36n1736 0669c22〕「言重法者,《涅槃》第六云「有知法者,若老若少,故應供養恭敬禮拜。猶如事火婆羅門等,如第二天奉事帝釋。佛言:『我於經中覆相說是,不為學聲聞人,但為菩薩。』〔0669c25〕」〔0669c23〕」鈔復以此通疏之「為僧敬俗」難:「釋曰:由後義故,故下通難云:為僧敬俗事不便故,即約聲聞不輕佛法。若是菩薩常不輕。是四眾皆禮,故為重法。」〔0669c26〕其三,釋疏之「五詮深密」:〔0670a22〕「疏「五詮深密」〔0670a22〕者,略有三義:一詮於理智,即事而真,如三德涅槃名祕密藏等;二密意故;三具三密故。」其四,指疏之「四十二字」「十四音」二數各有出處:〔T36n1736 0670a20〕「疏「然字即四十二字」〔0670a21〕,如眾藝處說。「十四音」〔0670a21〕,初地已明。」
  • 前後友之繫:本節之依教趣求所念者,是前友善住所授之「法光明法門」〔T10n0279 0337b23〕;所指之後友,是住林之解脫長者〔0338b11〕。澄觀於後友之名義預作解說(「住林者,方便具足住,眾德建立故」〔T35n1735 0927c01〕),是以本節之末句直接生起次節之科。澄觀又於讚求友處預言後事:「故解脫處歷十二年不生疲厭。」〔0927a12〕
  • 十地經論 T26n1522:「彌伽」「生貴住」「輪字」三詞皆 0 命中〔查無〕。該論為釋〈十地品〉之論,與本品善知識段無對應。
  • 華嚴宗四典:《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883——「彌伽」「生貴住」「輪字」三詞皆 0 命中〔查無〕。本節之華嚴宗承衍面唯在澄觀《疏》、法藏《探玄記》、智儼《搜玄記》與《孔目章》四處。

八、校本定位

  • 實叉 T279(底本):彌伽子〔T10n0279 0337b23〕起–〔0338b18 前〕訖。依教趣求·念前法 0337b23–b27 · 趣求後友 0337b27 · 見 0337b28 · 敬 0337c01 · 自陳發心 0337c02 · 正問十二句 0337c03–c12 · 審定 0337c12 · 善財答 0337c14 · 敬(供養法器)0337c15 · 讚·總標 0337c18 · 別歎·初十句 0337c21–c25 · 十王敬護十一句 0337c25–0338a02 · 外益眾生一句 0338a02 · 所謂十一句 0338a03–a07 · 讚難得總句 0338a07 · 法四句 0338a08–a11 · 十三喻 0338a11–a19 · 結歎現通 0338a19 · 現通攝化 0338a21 · 得益 0338a24 · 還昇本座·妙音陀羅尼 0338a25–b02 · 謙己牒名 0338b02 · 推勝十四句 0338b03–b10 · 指示後友 0338b11–b14 · 戀德禮辭 0338b14–b17。字數 1596(含標點)·偈頌零行。
  • 佛馱 T278(晉譯主對校):前友指示句已含本友之名〔T09n0278 0692c10〕;本節正文〔0692c13〕起–〔0693c10 前〕訖(卷四十六)。念前法 0692c13–c18 · 入城求覓 0692c18 · 見 0692c19 · 敬與請問 0692c21–0693a04 · 審定與答 0693a05–a06 · 下座禮供 0693a06–a10 · 歎發心 0693a10–a26 · 通歎菩薩 0693a27–b01 · 十三喻 0693b01–b12 · 放光集眾 0693b12–b15 · 說輪字莊嚴光經 0693b15–b18 · 還昇本座·所言不虛法門 0693b18–b24 · 推勝 0693b24–c03 · 指示後友 0693c03–c06 · 禮辭 0693c06–c09。
  • 澄觀《疏》T35n1735:本節科 0926c10 起 · 依教趣求 0926c11–c14 · 見敬諮問 0926c14–c22 · 十二問竪配十地 0926c17–c22 · 稱讚授法 0926c22–0927b23(師禮資之故 0926c25–0927a03 · 讚發心三節 0927a04–a10 · 讚求友與十三喻 0927a10–a16 · 授己法門 0927a16–b23 · 妙音陀羅尼之標名顯用 0927b19–b23 · 輪字三義及《毘盧遮那經》引文 0927a19–b14 · 何以此位辨字輪 0927b14–b18)· 謙己推勝 0927b23–b29(推勝十四句 0927b25–b29)· 指示後友 0927b29–0927c05 · 訖於第五解脫長者科前 0927c05。
  • 法藏《探玄記》T35n1733:第四生貴住科 0458c11 起 · 舉法勸修(國城名義)0458c11–c17 · 良醫之號 0458c17–c21 · 彌加名義 0458c21–c22 · 依教趣人十句五對 0458c22–c28 · 見敬申請四分 0458c28–0459a09 · 輪字三義與勘梵記事 0459a01–a08 · 訖 0459b16(「第四生貴住竟」前)。名相異形:探玄記作「彌加」,八十本作「彌伽」——並錄不判。
  • 李通玄《論》T36n1739:〈入法界品〉逐文釋本節專釋段 0958c26–0959c21(訖「世與出世體無有二」)(國名 0958c26 · 友名「能伏」「為雲」0958c27 · 城名自在 0959a01 · 第一正入當位法門十門 0959a04–a13 · 下座敬禮之理 0959a14–b02 · 生在佛家 0959b02–b05 · 輪字品莊嚴法門之釋 0959b05–c08 · 精進波羅蜜為體 0959c08 · 俗士表位 0959c11–c13 · 第二昇進前位門四門 0959c14–c21)· 〈十住品〉釋來意段論本節 0832b17–b24 · 〈須彌頂上偈讚品〉釋生貴住段帶及本節一句 0830c03–c06。
  • 智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732:第四生貴住科 0092a25 起 · 依教趣入七節 0092a28–b02 · 正入三節 0092b02–b04 · 歎發心五節 0092b04–b06 · 廣歎發心四節 0092b06–b09 · 說自分法四節 0092b09–b12 · 結仰推二節 0092b12–b13。行界之記:「彌伽」二字於此本跨行分置(「彌」在 0092a25、「伽」在 0092a26)。
  • 智儼《孔目章》T45n1870:善知識名列(原表四十六項)0589a01–a05(本友居第五 0589a03)。
  • 般若 T293(貞元四十華嚴·卷五):本節之四十本對位〔T10n0293 0684a06〕起–〔0685b29〕訖。念前法 0684a06–a14 · 趣求後友(達邏比吒國·金剛層城)0684a14 · 見 0684a16 · 敬與諮問十二句 0684a18–b01 · 審定與答 0684b01–b04 · 下座禮敬供養 0684b04–b09 · 歎發心(「則」句二十三)0684b09–b27 ·「所謂」十一句 0684b27–c06 · 難得難值總歎 0684c06–c09 · 十九喻 0684c09–c23 · 眾會同讚 0684c23–c27 · 還昇本座·面門放光 0684c27–0685a02 · 觀機說輪字句品莊嚴法門 0685a02–a07 · 授妙音陀羅尼光明法門 0685a07–b02 · 謙己推勝十五句 0685b02–b21 · 指示後友(住林·住解脫)0685b21–b25 · 戀德禮辭 0685b25–b29。
  • 異讀:本單元 T279 範圍〔0337b23〕–〔0338b17〕內大正校記 1 條,逐條照錄不判(底本【大】|他本異讀;多本異讀以/分列):〔0338b06〕一【大】|一切【元】【明】。
  • 查無條目:十地經論 T26n1522 ·《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《華嚴法界玄鏡》T45n1883——共五部,「彌伽」「生貴住」「輪字」皆 0 命中。

The name of this section takes a different form in each of the two translations and the two commentaries—the eighty-fascicle text reads 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha,” while the Tanxuan ji reads 「彌加」 tr. “Mijia” and glosses it as 「此翻名雲」 tr. “this is rendered by the name Cloud”; the place where the Dharma is told is, in the eighty-fascicle text, 「自在城」 tr. “the city of Sovereignty” and 「市肆」 tr. “the market shops,” whereas the sixty-fascicle text reads 「呪藥城」 tr. “the city of Spell-Medicine” and its man is 「良醫」 tr. “the good physician.” As for the dharma gate conferred, the eighty-fascicle text reads 「輪字莊嚴法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters” and what is obtained is 「妙音陀羅尼」 tr. “the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī,” while the sixty-fascicle text reads 「輪字莊嚴光經」 tr. “the sūtra of the light of the adornment of the wheel of letters” and what is obtained is 「所言不虛法門」 tr. “the dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false.” The skeleton lies in Chengguan's six parts: seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring · praising and conferring the Dharma · humbling oneself and deferring to the superior · pointing to the next friend · cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave. The most singular thing in this section is that the good friend comes down from his seat and bows to the youth who seeks the Dharma—Chengguan glosses the reason for it, attaching it to 「菩提心是佛因故」 tr. “because the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood,” and citing the simile of the first moon from the Fajie wu chabie lun. The numbers in the sūtra text: Sudhana asks twelve sentences (the first two general · the remaining ten particular) · the sentences with the word 「則」 tr. “then that is” in the praising of the giving rise of the mind number twenty-two · the sentences of 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say” number eleven · the sentences on the dharma of praising the bodhisattva number four · the similes number thirteen · the sentences of deferring to the superior number fourteen—all counted word by word.


I. Doctrinal Outline and Placement

Outline systemThe place of this section within it
The base text T279, in thirty-nine chaptersChapter thirty-nine, Entering the Dharma Realm (the ninth assembly, the Jeta Grove); Megha =〔T10 0337b23〕–〔before 0338b18〕, prose, with zero lines of repeating verse
Chengguan, Huayan jing shuThe outline of this section begins at 〔T35n1735 0926c10〕 and ends before the outline of the fifth friend, the elder Liberation 〔0927c05〕
Fazang, Tanxuan ji (the commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)The outline of the fourth, the abode of noble birth, begins at 〔T35n1733 0458c11〕
Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lunIn the Chapter on Entering the Dharma Realm, the stretch of direct gloss upon this section 〔T36n1739 0958c26〕–〔0959c21〕 (glossing the name of the land, the name of the friend, the name of the city, the outline of ten gates, and the four gates of advancing to the stage before); in the Chapter on the Ten Abodes, the stretch glossing why it comes, which discusses what this section signifies 〔0832b17〕; in the Chapter of Verses of Praise atop Mount Sumeru, one sentence in the stretch glossing the abode of birth in nobility that touches upon it 〔0830c03〕
Zhiyan, Souxuan jiThe outline passage of the fourth, the abode of noble birth, begins at 〔T35n1732 0092a25〕
Zhiyan, Huayan jing kongmu zhangIn the list of the names of the good friends (forty-six entries in the original table), this friend stands fifth 〔T45n1870 0589a03〕

Chengguan's six-part outline—the skeleton of the whole text of this section:

〔T35n1735 0926c10〕「第四彌伽,寄生貴住,亦具六分。第一依教趣求,中二:先念前友教。十句,初總,即前所得法門;「深信」〔0926c13〕已下皆別起觀修。」 tr. “The fourth, Megha, is assigned to the abode of noble birth, and it too has the six parts complete. The first is seeking in accord with the teaching, and within it are two: first, being mindful of the teaching of the previous friend. Ten sentences: the first is the general, that is, the dharma gate obtained before; from ‘deeply believed’ onward, all are the particular giving rise of contemplation and cultivation.”

The names of the six parts are seen one by one in the text of the commentary: the second, from 「乃見其人」 tr. “then he saw that man” onward, is seeing, paying respect, and inquiring 〔0926c14〕; the third, from 「爾時彌伽」 tr. “at that time Megha” onward, is praising and conferring the Dharma 〔0926c22〕; the fourth, from 「善男子我唯」 tr. “son of good family, I know only” onward, is humbling oneself and deferring to the superior 〔0927b24〕; the fifth, from ‘son of good family, from here’ onward, is pointing to the next friend 〔0927b29〕; the sixth is cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave (the commentary closes the outline of the previous friend, saying 「第六禮辭,可知」 tr. “the sixth, bowing and taking leave, can be known” 〔T35n1735 0926c10〕, and the inline note that follows it, 〔已下六十三經〕 tr. 〔already below, sixty-three, sūtra〕, is a note upon the fascicle division and not the main text; next comes 「第四彌伽,寄生貴住,亦具六分」 tr. “the fourth, Megha, is assigned to the abode of noble birth, and it too has the six parts complete” 〔0926c10–c11〕).

How the twelve sentences of the inquiring open and close:

〔T35n1735 0926c16〕「後「而我」〔0926c16〕下正問。有十二句,初二句總、餘十句別。釋通橫竪,橫釋可知,竪配十地,一證發心故不退」 tr. “After that, from ‘yet I’ onward is the asking directly. There are twelve sentences: the first two sentences are general, and the remaining ten are particular. The gloss runs both crosswise and lengthwise; the crosswise gloss can be known, and lengthwise they are matched to the ten grounds—one, because realizing the giving rise of the mind, therefore no retrogression”

Fazang's five-part outline (upon the sixty-fascicle text, differing from Chengguan's six both in name and in number):

「第四生貴住中,五分同前。初舉法勸修中,國通、城別。」 tr. “In the fourth, the abode of noble birth, the five parts are the same as before. In the first, the raising of the Dharma and the exhorting to cultivation, the land is the general and the city the particular.” 〔T35n1733 0458c11〕

Zhiyan's three-part outline (upon the sixty-fascicle text):

〔T35n1732 0092a25〕「第四生貴住菩薩,良醫名彌伽,入所言不虛法門,即初教勸、二「時善財」〔0092a26〕下依教趣入、三「良醫」〔0092a27〕下謂正入證。」 tr. “The bodhisattva of the fourth, the abode of noble birth: the good physician is named Megha, and he enters the dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false. That is, first the teaching and exhorting; second, from ‘at that time Sudhana’ onward, entering in accord with the teaching; third, from ‘the good physician’ onward, what is called the direct entering and realizing.”


II. Terminology

ChineseSanskrit as transmitted by the ancient worthies (romanized · pronunciation aid)Attested atEssential sense
Megha—in this chapter, 「漸次南行,至自在城,求覓彌伽」 tr. “in this way, stretch by stretch, he journeyed south, and came to the city of Sovereignty, searching for Megha” 〔T10n0279 0337b27〕The name of the good friend of this section; the Tanxuan ji reads 「彌加」 tr. “Mijia” and glosses it 「此翻名雲」 tr. “this is rendered by the name Cloud” 〔T35n1733 0458c21〕
the abode of noble birth—Chengguan, 「第四彌伽,寄生貴住」 tr. “the fourth, Megha, is assigned to the abode of noble birth” 〔T35n1735 0926c10〕The fourth of the ten abodes; the stage to which this section is assigned, which the sūtra text does not mark of itself, but which comes from the matching of stages by the ancient worthies
the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters—in this chapter, 「說輪字莊嚴法門」 tr. “expounding the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters” 〔T10n0279 0337b29〕The Dharma Megha tells in the market shops; in the later stretch of the sūtra text it further reads 「輪字品莊嚴法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the adornment of the chapter on the wheel of letters” 〔0338a24〕
the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī—(「陀羅尼」 tr. “dhāraṇī” is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「我已獲得妙音陀羅尼」 tr. “I have already obtained the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī” 〔T10n0279 0338a26〕Megha's own statement of what he has obtained; it is able to distinguish and know all the speech of the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system
dhāraṇī—(an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「云何入陀羅尼普得清淨」 tr. “how is he to enter the dhāraṇī and universally to obtain purity” 〔T10n0279 0337c07〕Holding all together; what is sought in the seventh of Sudhana's twelve questions
the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi—(an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」 tr. “Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi” 〔T10n0279 0337c02〕The mind of unsurpassed perfect awakening; that to which the praising of this section is attached
casting the five limbs to the ground—in this chapter, 「於善財所五體投地」 tr. “before Sudhana he cast his five limbs to the ground” 〔T10n0279 0337c15〕The utmost reverence, with both knees, both elbows, and the crown touching the ground; in this section it is the good friend's bow to the youth
the lion seat—in this chapter, 「坐於說法師子之座」 tr. “seated upon the lion seat for telling the Dharma” 〔T10n0279 0337b28〕The seat for telling the Dharma; Megha comes down from it and bows to Sudhana, and afterward 「還昇本座」 tr. “ascended again to his own former seat” 〔0338a26〕
the ocean of dharma-phrases—in this chapter, 「說一切深密法句海」 tr. “expounding the ocean of all profound and secret dharma-phrases” 〔T10n0279 0338b05〕Raised in seven of the fourteen sentences of deferring to the superior; the ocean is the likeness for their endlessness
the utmost bound of the wheels of letters—in this chapter, 「一切差別字輪際」 tr. “the utmost bound of all the differing wheels of letters” 〔T10n0279 0338b10〕The last sentence of the deferring to the superior; Chengguan, 「而言際者,窮理盡性故」 tr. “and as for saying ‘utmost bound,’ it is because it exhausts principle and exhausts nature” 〔T35n1735 0927b28〕
Abiding Grove—in this chapter, 「有一聚落,名曰:住林」 tr. “there is a village named Abiding Grove” 〔T10n0279 0338b11〕Where the next friend, the elder Liberation, dwells; Chengguan, 「住林者,方便具足住,眾德建立故」 tr. “as for Abiding Grove, it is the abode of fully endowed skillful means, because the many virtues are established” 〔T35n1735 0927c01〕

III. Similes and Rhetoric

(1) The thirteen similes praising the bodhisattva—the sūtra text tells by four sentences of Dharma what the bodhisattva is to beings (support and refuge · rescue and relief · place to rely upon · saving protection), and below them raises thirteen similes one after another: 「菩薩如風輪,持諸世間不令墮落惡趣故;如大地,增長眾生善根故;如大海,福德充滿無盡故;如淨日,智慧光明普照故」 tr. “The bodhisattva is like the wind-wheel, because it upholds the various worlds and does not let them fall down into the evil destinies; like the great earth, because it makes the roots of goodness of beings increase and grow; like the great ocean, because his merit is full and has no exhausting; like the pure sun, because the light of his wisdom shines everywhere” 〔T10n0279 0338a11〕, next 「如須彌,善根高出故;如明月,智光出現故;如猛將,摧伏魔軍故;如君主,佛法城中得自在故;如猛火,燒盡眾生我愛心故」 tr. “like Sumeru, because his roots of goodness stand high above all; like the bright moon, because the light of his wisdom appears; like a fierce general, because he crushes and subdues the armies of Māra; like a sovereign lord, because within the city of the Buddha's Dharma he obtains sovereignty; like a fierce fire, because it burns up entirely the mind of self-love in beings” 〔0338a14〕, and last 「如大雲,降霔無量妙法雨故;如時雨,增長一切信根芽故;如船師,示導法海津濟處故;如橋梁,令其得度生死海故」 tr. “like a great cloud, because it sends down measureless and wondrous rain of the Dharma; like timely rain, because it makes the sprouts of every root of faith increase and grow; like a ship's master, because he points out and leads to the fords and crossings of the ocean of the Dharma; like a bridge, because it lets them cross over the ocean of birth-and-death” 〔0338a17〕:

  • The thirteen things the similes rest upon: the wind-wheel, the great earth, the great ocean, the pure sun, Sumeru, the bright moon, the fierce general, the sovereign lord, the fierce fire, the great cloud, timely rain, the ship's master, the bridge—counted word by word they are thirteen, with none left out and none repeated.
  • What the similes are of is in every case 「菩薩」 tr. “the bodhisattva,” while the working displayed differs in each: upholding, growing, filling, illumining, standing high, appearing, crushing, sovereignty, burning, sending down, growing, leading, and crossing over.
  • Chengguan attaches these thirteen similes to the four sentences of Dharma above: 「有十三喻,初二喻恃怙、次四喻拯濟、次君喻依處、餘喻救護。」 tr. “There are thirteen similes: the first two liken the support and refuge, the next four liken the rescue and relief, the next, the sovereign, likens the place to rely upon, and the rest liken the saving protection.” 〔T35n1735 0927a15〕

(2) The simile of the first moon of the bright half (cited by Chengguan)—glossing why the good friend comes down from his seat and bows to the youth:

〔T35n1735 0926c27〕「故《法界無差別論》云「敬禮菩提心者,如人禮白分初月,不禮滿月,以希現故,滿月由此故。」〔0926c27〕」 tr. “Therefore the Fajie wu chabie lun says, ‘One who reverently bows to the mind of awakening is like a man bowing to the first moon of the bright half, and not bowing to the full moon, because it is rare to appear, and because the full moon comes from this.’”

The first moon is the likeness for the first giving rise of the mind, and the full moon the likeness for the fruit of Buddhahood already accomplished—the reason one bows to the first moon and not to the full moon is, first, that the first moon is rare and hard to see, and second, that the full moon comes precisely from the first moon.

(3) The simile of the elephant's footprint (Chengguan citing Xianshou citing Tripiṭaka Master Rizhao glossing 「輪」 tr. “wheel”)—〔T35n1735 0927a20〕「一約字相,《楞伽》中云『字輪圓滿猶如象迹』〔T35n1735 0927a20〕等。」 tr. “First, in terms of the mark of the letter: the Laṅkāvatāra says, ‘the wheel of letters is full and complete like the footprint of an elephant,’ and the rest.” The fullness of an elephant's footprint is the likeness for the fullness of the wheel of letters.

(4) The simile of the peacock's tail-wheel (Chengguan citing the Piluzhena jing)—「謂此阿字輪,猶如孔雀尾輪光明圍繞,行者而住其中,即是住於佛位。」 tr. “That is, this wheel of the letter a is like the tail-wheel of a peacock with light encircling it, and the practitioner abiding within it is abiding in the stage of Buddhahood.” 〔T35n1735 0927b01〕 The encircling of the wheel-mark of a peacock's tail is the likeness for the laying out of the wheel of the letter a.

(5) What the market shops signify (Li Tongxuan)—「即如善財於市肆之上見彌伽長者說輪字經」 tr. “just as Sudhana upon the market shops saw the elder Megha expounding the sūtra of the wheel of letters” 〔T36n1739 0832b18〕, and below it he says 「即表生死市󱈎閙而常寂」 tr. “this signifies that the market of birth-and-death is clamorous and yet constantly still” 〔0832b19〕: the clamor of the market is the likeness for birth-and-death, and telling the Dharma within it signifies stillness within the clamor.

(6) The simile of Śakra's jeweled net (Li Tongxuan)—「又如帝釋寶網互為緣起,映徹重重。一字之中有無盡字句」 tr. “And it is like the jeweled net of Śakra, mutually making conditioned arising, reflecting through layer upon layer. Within one letter there are endless letters and phrases” 〔T36n1739 0832b21〕: the layer upon layer of mutual reflecting in Śakra's jeweled net is the likeness for one letter containing endless letters and phrases.

(7) The laying out of the sentences with the word 「則」 tr. “then that is”—the stretch praising the giving rise of the mind sets down twenty-two sentences with the word 「則」 tr. “then that is” one after another (counted word by word): the first ten sentences praise the virtue of the giving rise of the mind (from the lineage of the Buddhas not being cut off on to faith and understanding being firm), the next eleven are the reverence and guarding of the ten kings (from being upheld by the Tathāgatas on to being extolled and rejoiced over by the lords of the various worlds), and the last one is outward benefit to beings (the realms of beings all obtaining peace and ease). Chengguan judges the sections of it: 「於中三:初有十句,因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發,而汝能發是謂希奇。」 tr. “Within it are three: first there are ten sentences—the virtue of the cause is deep and vast, and when in the end this virtue is accomplished the merit goes back to the first giving rise; and that you are able to give rise to it, this is what is called rare and wondrous.” 〔T35n1735 0927a06〕 〔0927a09〕「次「則為一切」〔0927a09〕下十王敬護。後「則今一切眾生界」〔0927a09〕下外益眾生。」 tr. “Next, from ‘then that is to be by all’ onward is the reverence and guarding of the ten kings. After that, from ‘then now all the realms of beings’ onward is outward benefit to beings.”

(8) The gathering up by the eleven sentences of 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say”—from 「所謂:令捨惡趣故,令出難處故,斷一切貧窮根本故」 tr. “That is to say: because it makes them leave behind the evil destinies, because it makes them come forth from the places of difficulty, because it cuts off the root of all poverty” 〔T10n0279 0338a03〕 onward, every sentence closes with 「故」 tr. “because,” eleven in all (counted word by word), running from leaving behind the evil destinies to abiding in the grounds of a bodhisattva, layer within layer from the coarse toward the fine.


IV. Collation with Parallel Translations

The Chinese collation editions for the principal sentences of the sūtra text of this section: Śikṣānanda, T279 (the base text · fascicle sixty-three) · Buddhabhadra, T278 (the Jin translation, the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, chapter thirty-four, Entering the Dharma Realm · fascicle forty-six). · Prajñā, T293 (the Zhenyuan forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, the Chapter on Entering the Inconceivable Realm of Liberation, the Practices and Vows of Samantabhadra · fascicle five). By the rule of this set, the forty-fascicle text serves chapter thirty-nine as a mirror supplied throughout, and so the three editions stand together in this section: sentences one through eight collate the base text with the Jin translation word for word, and sentence nine sets out separately what answers to them in the forty-fascicle text. In the forty-fascicle text the name of this friend reads 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha,” the same as in the eighty-fascicle text 〔T10n0293 0684a15〕, with the added appellation 「大士」 tr. “great being”; its text forms a line of its own, and what is word for word in it is recorded without its wording being used to supply the base text.

Sentence One Seeking in Accord with the Teaching · Mindfulness of the Previous Dharma

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279At that time, the youth Sudhana was single-mindedly and rightly mindful of the dharma gate of the light of the Dharma, deeply believed in it and went toward entering it, was single-mindedly mindful of the Buddha, and did not let the Three Jewels be cut offT10n0279 0337b23
Buddhabhadra T278At that time, the youth Sudhana was single-mindedly and rightly mindful of the dharma gate of Dharma-light, and was complete in the power of the Dharma; he was rightly mindful of the Buddhas and did not let the Three Jewels be cut offT09n0278 0692c13

What the differences attach to: (a) The name of the dharma gate conferred by the previous friend: the eighty reads 「法光明法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the light of the Dharma,” the sixty reads 「法光法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of Dharma-light.” (b) The next sentence in the eighty reads 「深信趣入」 tr. “deeply believed in it and went toward entering it,” the sixty reads 「具足法力」 tr. “was complete in the power of the Dharma.” (c) The eighty reads 「專念於佛」 tr. “was single-mindedly mindful of the Buddha,” the sixty reads 「正念諸佛」 tr. “was rightly mindful of the Buddhas.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Two The Name of the City · The Appellation of the Man · The Number of the Assembly · The Sūtra Told

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279In this way, stretch by stretch, he journeyed south, and came to the city of Sovereignty, searching for MeghaT10n0279 0337b27
Buddhabhadra T278Little by little he came to that land, entered the city of Spell-Medicine, and searched for the good physician Megha, asking where he now wasT09n0278 0692c18
Śikṣānanda T279Then he saw that man among the market shops, seated upon the lion seat for telling the Dharma, with an assembly of ten thousand persons together surrounding him, expounding the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of lettersT10n0279 0337b28
Buddhabhadra T278At that time, the youth saw that good physician in the hall of the right Dharma, upon the lion seat of discourse, with a great assembly of one myriad surrounding him before and behind, telling for them the sūtra of the light of the adornment of the wheel of lettersT09n0278 0692c19

What the differences attach to: (a) The name of the city—the eighty reads 「自在城」 tr. “the city of Sovereignty,” the sixty reads 「呪藥城」 tr. “the city of Spell-Medicine.” Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, judges 「國通、城別」 tr. “the land is the general and the city the particular,” and says 「名自在者,良醫於此攝化自在,故以為名」 tr. “it is named Sovereignty because the good physician here gathers and transforms with sovereignty, and so it is taken as the name” 〔T35n1733 0458c12〕—that is, the Tanxuan ji takes 「自在」 tr. “Sovereignty” as the name of the land and 「呪藥」 tr. “Spell-Medicine” as the name of the city, whereas the eighty-fascicle text reads directly 「至自在城」 tr. “came to the city of Sovereignty.” (b) The appellation of the man—the eighty calls him only by his name 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha,” the sixty calls him throughout 「良醫」 tr. “the good physician.” (c) The place where the Dharma is told—the eighty reads 「市肆中」 tr. “among the market shops,” the sixty reads 「正法堂」 tr. “the hall of the right Dharma.” (d) The number of the assembly—the eighty reads 「十千人眾」 tr. “an assembly of ten thousand persons,” the sixty reads 「一萬大眾」 tr. “a great assembly of one myriad.” (e) The name of what is told—the eighty reads 「輪字莊嚴法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters,” the sixty reads 「輪字莊嚴光經」 tr. “the sūtra of the light of the adornment of the wheel of letters”. The several worthies' glosses upon the variant witnesses reading “wheel” or “discourse” are recorded without judgment; Fazang's explicit judgment is set out in the section below.

Fazang's Explicit Judgment

Fazang further records a matter of a variant witness and of collating the Sanskrit: 〔T35n1733 0459a02〕「有本錯作「論」〔0459a02〕字,諸德種種解釋。近勘兩本梵經,皆名「輪」〔0459a03〕字,請則改正。」 tr. “There are witnesses that wrongly read the word ‘discourse,’ and the several worthies have glossed it in every sort of way. Recently I collated two Sanskrit texts, and both name it with the word ‘wheel’; I ask that it accordingly be corrected.”

Sentence Three The First and the Last of the Twelve Sentences of the Inquiring

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, yet I still do not know: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattvaT10n0279 0337c02
Buddhabhadra T278Great holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, yet I do not know: how is a bodhisattva to go toward the practice of a bodhisattvaT09n0278 0692c23
Śikṣānanda T279How is he to obtain the power of wisdom, being able upon all dharmas decisively to distinguish their meaningT10n0279 0337c11
Buddhabhadra T278How is he to obtain the power of wisdom, and upon all dharmas obtain decisive wisdom and know the true meaningT09n0278 0693a03

What the differences attach to: (a) The form of address—the eighty reads 「聖者」 tr. “holy one,” the sixty reads 「大聖」 tr. “great holy one.” (b) The two general questions: the eighty reads 「云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」 tr. “How is he to study the practice of a bodhisattva? How is he to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?” 〔T10n0279 0337c03〕, the sixty reads 「云何向菩薩行?云何學菩薩行?」 tr. “How is he to go toward the practice of a bodhisattva? How is he to study the practice of a bodhisattva?” 〔T09n0278 0692c24〕—the verbs and the order of the two texts differ one from the other. (c) The questions in both texts number twelve (counted word by word), and the items of their meaning answer to one another one by one. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Four The Determining and the Reverent Praising

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! Have you already given rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhiT10n0279 0337c13
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! Have you already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhiT09n0278 0693a05
Śikṣānanda T279Megha at once came down from the lion seat and, before Sudhana, cast his five limbs to the ground, and scattered golden and silver flowers and priceless jewelsT10n0279 0337c15
Buddhabhadra T278At that time, the good physician came down from the lion seat, cast his five limbs to the ground, and reverently bowed to Sudhana; the bowing done, he scattered wondrous golden flowersT09n0278 0693a06

What the differences attach to: (a) The eighty's two words 「遽即」 tr. “at once” describe his haste, and the sixty has them not. (b) Sudhana's answer: the eighty reads 「唯!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」 tr. “Yes! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi” 〔T10n0279 0337c14〕, the sixty reads the two words 「唯然」 tr. “Yes indeed” 〔T09n0278 0693a06〕. (c) What is scattered differs in the two texts: the eighty has 「無價寶珠」 tr. “priceless jewels” and 「上妙碎末栴檀」 tr. “finest and most wondrous powdered candana,” the sixty has 「無價摩尼」 tr. “priceless maṇi,” 「勝末栴檀」 tr. “surpassing powdered candana,” and 「無價寶衣」 tr. “priceless jeweled robes.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Five The Sentence Form of the Praising of the Giving Rise of the Mind

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Then that is to let the lineage of all the Buddhas not be cut off, then that is to adorn and purify all Buddha-fields, then that is to ripen all beingsT10n0279 0337c21
Buddhabhadra T278Then that is to guard the nature of all Buddhas; to adorn and purify the nature of all Buddha-fields; the nature of transforming beingsT09n0278 0693a12

What the differences attach to: (a) The sentence form—the eighty crowns every sentence with the word 「則」 tr. “then” (“then that is” seventeen · “then it causes” two · “then he understands as it truly is” one · “then he is able” one · “then he is with” one) and nineteen of them carry it on with 「一切…」 tr. “all …” (the three that do not being “then he understands as it truly is,” “then he is able to see clearly,” and “then it causes faith and understanding”), counted word by word twenty-two sentences; the sixty crowns the first sentence with 「則為」 tr. “then that is” and closes most of the sentences below it with the word 「性」 tr. “nature” (the nature of Buddhas · the nature of fields · the nature of beings · the nature of the Dharma as it truly is · the nature of karma · the nature of the bodhisattva practice · the nature of great vows · the nature of freedom from desire · the nature of all dharmas), not crowning each sentence again. (b) The verb of the first sentence: the eighty reads 「不斷」 tr. “not be cut off,” the sixty reads 「守護」 tr. “guard.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Six The Things the Thirteen Similes Praising the Bodhisattva Rest Upon

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279The bodhisattva is like the wind-wheel, because it upholds the various worlds and does not let them fall down into the evil destiniesT10n0279 0338a11
Buddhabhadra T278The bodhisattva is a great wind-wheel, because it secures and upholds beings and does not let them fall down into the three evil pathsT09n0278 0693b01
Śikṣānanda T279Like a sovereign lord, because within the city of the Buddha's Dharma he obtains sovereigntyT10n0279 0338a15
Buddhabhadra T278The bodhisattva is a good and worthy man, because within the city of the Dharma he is lord and kingT09n0278 0693b07

What the differences attach to: (a) The sentence form—the eighty's first sentence reads 「菩薩如風輪」 tr. “the bodhisattva is like the wind-wheel,” and the twelve similes below it carry it on as 「如大地」 tr. “like the great earth,” 「如大海」 tr. “like the great ocean,” and the rest, while the sixty raises 「菩薩為」 tr. “the bodhisattva is” again in every sentence. (b) The things the similes rest upon differ item by item: the eighty's 「淨日」 tr. “pure sun” the sixty reads as 「日」 tr. “sun”; the eighty's 「明月」 tr. “bright moon” the sixty reads as 「月」 tr. “moon”; the eighty's 「猛將」 tr. “fierce general” the sixty reads as 「大將」 tr. “great general”; the eighty's 「君主」 tr. “sovereign lord” the sixty reads as ‘a good and worthy man who is lord and king’; the eighty's 「猛火」 tr. “fierce fire” the sixty reads as 「火」 tr. “fire”; the eighty's 「大雲」 tr. “great cloud” the sixty reads as 「雲」 tr. “cloud”; the eighty's 「時雨」 tr. “timely rain” the sixty reads as 「正見」 tr. “right view”; the eighty's 「船師」 tr. “ship's master” the sixty reads as 「方」 tr. “a boat.” (c) The eighty reads 「如猛火,燒盡眾生我愛心故」 tr. “like a fierce fire, because it burns up entirely the mind of self-love in beings” 〔T10n0279 0338a16〕, and the sixty reads 「菩薩為火,能燒眾生諸貪愛故」 tr. “the bodhisattva is fire, because it is able to burn up the various cravings and loves of beings” 〔T09n0278 0693b08〕—what is burned is, in the eighty, 「我愛心」 tr. “the mind of self-love,” and in the sixty 「諸貪愛」 tr. “the various cravings and loves.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Seven The Name of the Dharma Gate Obtained and the Ocean Sentences of the Deferring to the Superior

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! I have already obtained the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī, and am able to distinguish and know the speech of the gods within the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-systemT10n0279 0338a26
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! I have already accomplished the dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false, and distinguish and know the three-thousandfold great-thousand world-system and the speech of the godsT09n0278 0693b19
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! I know only this bodhisattva's dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇīT10n0279 0338b02
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! I know only this bodhisattva's dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false; how could I tell of the practices of the bodhisattvasT09n0278 0693b24
Śikṣānanda T279Able universally to enter the ocean of every sort of notion of all beings, the ocean of every sort of designation, the ocean of every sort of name, the ocean of every sort of speechT10n0279 0338b04
Buddhabhadra T278According with and entering deeply the ocean of all the marks of beings, according with and entering deeply the ocean of all the designations of beings, according with and entering deeply the ocean of the various names, according with and entering deeply the ocean of the various kinds of speechT09n0278 0693b25

What the differences attach to: (a) The name of the dharma gate differs—the eighty reads 「妙音陀羅尼」 tr. “the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī” (and at the place of the humbling of himself it further reads 「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī” 〔T10n0279 0338b03〕), while the sixty reads 「所言不虛法門」 tr. “the dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false”; this is the greatest difference of name between the two translations in this section. (b) The sentences of the deferring to the superior: the eighty, counted word by word, has fourteen sentences (four oceans of notion, designation, name, and speech · seven oceans of dharma-phrases · the ocean of spells and arts · the wheel of the adornment of sounds · the utmost bound of the wheels of letters), while the sixty has ten sentences crowned with 「隨順深入」 tr. “according with and entering deeply” and has besides neither 「呪術海」 tr. “the ocean of spells and arts” nor 「字輪際」 tr. “the utmost bound of the wheels of letters,” and at the end sets forth separately 「逮得一切圓滿莊嚴,微妙音聲,出生分別諸文字輪」 tr. “attaining all full and complete adornment, the finely wondrous sound, and bringing forth and distinguishing the various wheels of written letters” 〔T09n0278 0693c02〕. (c) The eighty crowns the sentences with 「能普入」 tr. “able universally to enter,” the sixty crowns them with 「隨順深入」 tr. “according with and entering deeply.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Eight Pointing to the Next Friend, and the Bowing and Taking Leave

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! Journeying south from here, there is a village named Abiding Grove; there is an elder there named LiberationT10n0279 0338b11
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! In the southern quarter from here there is a land named Abiding Grove; there is an elder there named LiberationT09n0278 0693c03
Śikṣānanda T279He bowed to the feet of Megha, wept and sobbed, circled him measureless times, cherished and gazed up at him, then took his leave, withdrew, and wentT10n0279 0338b16
Buddhabhadra T278He bowed his head and face to his feet, and so on up to taking his leave, withdrawing, and journeying southT09n0278 0693c08

What the differences attach to: (a) Where the next friend dwells: the eighty reads 「聚落」 tr. “a village,” the sixty reads 「國土」 tr. “a land,” while the name is alike 「住林」 tr. “Abiding Grove.” (b) The four questions charged: the eighty reads ‘cultivate · accomplish · gather · ponder’ 〔T10n0279 0338b12〕, the sixty reads ‘go toward · cultivate · accomplish · ponder’ 〔T09n0278 0693c05〕. (c) The text of the bowing and taking leave: the eighty is complete with the marks 「涕泗悲泣」 tr. “wept and sobbed” 〔T10n0279 0338b16〕 and 「戀慕瞻仰」 tr. “cherished and gazed up at him,” while the sixty abridges them directly with 「乃至」 tr. “and so on up to.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Nine What Answers to Them in the Forty-Fascicle Text (T293)

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279At that time, the youth Sudhana was single-mindedly and rightly mindful of the dharma gate of the light of the Dharma, deeply believed in it and went toward entering it, was single-mindedly mindful of the Buddha, and did not let the Three Jewels be cut offT10n0279 0337b23
Prajñā T293At that time, the youth Sudhana single-mindedly accorded with the teaching of the good friend, and rightly mindful contemplated that gate of the light of the Dharma; with a purified mind he deeply believed in it and went toward entering it, was mindful of the majestic power of the Dharma, accorded with what the Buddha practices, held it in memory with a concentrated mind, continued the seed of the Three Jewels, and praised the nature of freedom from desireT10n0293 0684a06
Śikṣānanda T279In this way, stretch by stretch, he journeyed south, and came to the city of Sovereignty, searching for MeghaT10n0279 0337b27
Prajñā T293Contemplating in this way, stretch by stretch he journeyed south, came to the land of Daluobizha, entered the city of Diamond Tiers, and searched everywhere throughout for the great being MeghaT10n0293 0684a14
Śikṣānanda T279Then he saw that man among the shops of the marketplace, seated upon the lion seat for telling the Dharma, with an assembly of ten thousand persons together surrounding him, expounding the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of lettersT10n0279 0337b28
Prajñā T293Then he saw that man among the shops of the marketplace, upon a high platform, seated on a lion seat, with an assembly of ten thousand persons together surrounding him, expounding at length the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of lettersT10n0293 0684a16
Śikṣānanda T279Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, yet I still do not know: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattvaT10n0279 0337c02
Prajñā T293Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, yet I do not know: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva? How is he to cultivate the path of a bodhisattvaT10n0293 0684a19
Śikṣānanda T279Megha at once came down from the lion seat and, before Sudhana, cast his five limbs to the ground, and scattered golden and silver flowers and priceless jewelsT10n0279 0337c15
Prajñā T293Megha at once came down from the lion seat and, because he held the mind of awakening in reverence, cast his five limbs to the ground before Sudhana and paid homage with a single mindT10n0293 0684b04
Śikṣānanda T279Then that is to let the lineage of all the Buddhas not be cut off, then that is to adorn and purify all Buddha-fields, then that is to ripen all beingsT10n0279 0337c21
Prajñā T293Son of good family! If there is one able to give rise to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, then that is to seek diligently the wisdom of all-wisdom and not let the lineage of the Buddhas be cut off, then that is forever to leave behind the lineage of all worldly ordinary folk, then that is to adorn and purify all the fields possessed by all the BuddhasT10n0293 0684b11
Śikṣānanda T279A bodhisattva is like the wind-wheel, because he upholds the various worlds and does not let them fall into the evil destiniesT10n0279 0338a11
Prajñā T293Why is it so? Because a bodhisattva's appearing in the world is a great benefit to all beings: like father and mother, because he rears and comforts them and brings them to accomplishment; like a necklace, because he adorns all gods and men; like a ferryman, because upon the ocean of birth-and-death he delivers beingsT10n0293 0684c09
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! I have already obtained the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī, and am able to distinguish and know the speech of the gods within the three-thousand great-thousandfold worldT10n0279 0338a26
Prajñā T293Son of good family! I have already accomplished the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī, and within a single thought am able to distinguish and know the secrets of the differences of the speech of all the gods of the desire and form realms in the three-thousand great-thousandfold worldT10n0293 0685a07
Śikṣānanda T279able universally to enter the ocean of the manifold thoughts of all beings, the ocean of their manifold settings-up, the ocean of their manifold appellations, the ocean of their manifold speechT10n0279 0338b04
Prajñā T293As for the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas, they are universally able to follow and enter the ocean of the manifold thoughts, practices, and retinues of all beings; universally able to follow and enter the ocean of the manifold establishings and settings-up of all beings; universally able to follow and enter the ocean of the manifold appellations and names of all beings; universally able to follow and enter the ocean of the manifold local speech of all beingsT10n0293 0685b03
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! Journeying south from here there is a village named Abiding Grove; therein is an elder named LiberationT10n0279 0338b11
Prajñā T293Son of good family! To the south of here there is a village named Abiding Grove; therein is an elder named Liberation of AbidingT10n0293 0685b21
Śikṣānanda T279He bowed his head to Megha's feet, wept and shed tears, circled him measureless times, gazed up in longing devotion, and took his leave and journeyed onT10n0279 0338b16
Prajñā T293He bowed his head to Megha's feet, wept and let his tears flow, circled him measureless times, gazed up in longing devotion, and took his leave and journeyed southT10n0293 0685b28

What the differences attach to: (a) The names of the land and the city: the eighty reads only 「至自在城」 tr. “came to the city of Sovereignty,” the forty reads 「至達邏比吒國,入金剛層城」 tr. “came to the land of Daluobizha and entered the city of Diamond Tiers” 〔T10n0293 0684a14〕, and the sixty reads 「入呪藥城」 tr. “entered the city of Spell-Medicine” 〔T09n0278 0692c18〕; the names of the land and city in the forty answer to those pointed to in the stretch on the previous friend. (b) In the section of mindfulness of the previous Dharma the eighty has ten sentences, while the text of the forty is fuller and the order of its sentences differs: the eighty reads 「不斷三寶」 tr. “did not let the Three Jewels be cut off,” the forty 「紹三寶種」 tr. “continued the seed of the Three Jewels”; the forty has the two sentences 「念法威力,順佛所行」 tr. “was mindful of the majestic power of the Dharma, accorded with what the Buddha practices,” which the eighty has not. (c) In the section of the seeing, the forty has the further matter 「處高臺上」 tr. “upon a high platform,” while the eighty reads only 「坐於說法師子之座」 tr. “seated upon the lion seat for telling the Dharma”; as for the name of what is told, the eighty reads 「說輪字莊嚴法門」 tr. “expounding the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters,” the forty 「廣說輪字莊嚴法門」 tr. “expounding at length the dharma gate of the adornment of the wheel of letters.” (d) As for the reason for coming down from the seat, the forty marks it in the sūtra text itself, 「由為尊重菩提心故」 tr. “because he held the mind of awakening in reverence” 〔T10n0293 0684b04〕, and reads 「一心禮敬」 tr. “paid homage with a single mind,” while the eighty reads only 「於善財所五體投地」 tr. “before Sudhana cast his five limbs to the ground”—the forty states the reason plainly at the place of homage, 「由為尊重菩提心故」 tr. “because he held the mind of awakening in reverence” 〔T10n0293 0684b04〕; Chengguan, glossing the eighty, separately gives it as 「菩提心是佛因故,能廣出生諸功德故」 tr. “because the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood, and because it gives rise broadly to all merits” 〔T35n1735 0926c26〕—the sūtra's own reason and the commentator's gloss stand in two layers. (e) The number of the questions of inquiry is twelve in both editions (counted word for word; the number in the forty does not include the four questions for the next friend nor the one question of deferring to the superior); the wording differs, as where the eighty reads 「云何得平等意堅固不動」 tr. “how is he to obtain a mind of equality, firm and unmoving,” the forty reads 「云何心得堅固,勤求佛法無有厭倦」 tr. “how is his mind to obtain firmness, seeking the Buddha-Dharma diligently without weariness.” (f) In the praising of the giving rise of the mind, the eighty has twenty-two sentences of 「則」 tr. “then” counted word for word, the forty twenty-three (twelve with 「則為」 tr. “then that is,” one with 「則能」 tr. “then he is able,” one with 「則與」 tr. “then that is together with,” eight with 「則得」 tr. “then that is to obtain,” one with 「則令」 tr. “then that is to cause”); the last sentence on the lords of the worlds reads in the eighty 「則為一切諸世間主稱揚慶悅」 tr. “then that is to be extolled and rejoiced over by all the lords of the various worlds,” and in the forty 「則得一切諸世間主同心慶悅」 tr. “then that is to obtain that all the lords of the various worlds rejoice with one mind.” The sentences of 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say” below them are eleven in both editions (counted word for word). (g) The opening of the stretch praising the bodhisattva: the eighty first sets up the four sentences of the Dharma (a support to rely on · a rescue · a place of resort · a protection) and then attaches thirteen similes to them; the forty has not these four sentences, but raises the whole directly with 「何以故?菩薩出世與諸眾生為大利益」 tr. “why is it so? Because a bodhisattva's appearing in the world is a great benefit to all beings,” and lists nineteen similes (counted word for word, nineteen: father and mother · necklace · ferryman · dwelling house · caravan leader · blazing sun · sovereign · fierce fire · great cloud · timely rain · boat · bridge · ford · wind-wheel · great earth · great ocean · full moon · fierce general · Sumeru). Ten items are shared by both editions (ferryman · sovereign · great cloud · timely rain · bridge · wind-wheel · great earth · great ocean · fierce general · Sumeru), three differ in form (the eighty's pure sun / the forty's blazing sun · the eighty's bright moon / the forty's full moon · the eighty's fierce fire / the forty's blazing fire), and six belong to the forty alone (father and mother · necklace · dwelling house · caravan leader · boat · ford). (h) The order of ascending again to the seat and of emitting light differs: in the eighty, 〔T10n0279 0338a19〕「彌伽如是讚歎善財」 tr. “Megha, having praised Sudhana in this way,” he first emits light and gathers the assembly, tells the wheel of letters, and they obtain benefit, and only after this, 〔0338a25〕「彌伽於是還昇本座」 tr. “Megha thereupon ascended again to his own former seat,” does he confer the wondrous sound; the forty reads 「是時,彌伽還昇本座,從其面門放種種光」 tr. “at that time Megha ascended again to his own former seat and from his mouth emitted every sort of light” 〔T10n0293 0684c27〕, the ascending again standing before the emitting of light. (i) The name of the dharma gate obtained: the eighty reads 「妙音陀羅尼」 tr. “the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī” and, at the humbling of himself, 「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī”; the forty reads 「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī” directly at the conferring of the Dharma; the sixty reads 「所言不虛法門」 tr. “the dharma gate in which what is said is not vain.” Fazang records the name in the text from India as 「得妙音陀羅尼法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of obtaining the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī” 〔T35n1733 0459b10〕. (j) In the sentences of deferring to the superior, the eighty has fourteen word for word, headed by 「能普入」 tr. “able universally to enter,” and the forty fifteen, headed by 「普能隨入」 tr. “universally able to follow and enter” (counted word for word, fifteen); the last three sentences of the forty read 「一切世界種種眾生音聲語言際」 tr. “the utmost bound of the sounds and speech of the manifold beings of all worlds” 〔T10n0293 0685b17〕, 「一切諸佛清淨法輪,圓滿莊嚴際」 tr. “the utmost bound of the pure wheel of the Dharma of all the Buddhas, perfect in adornment” 〔0685b18〕, and 「一切世間種種字輪,普遍出生顯示諸法際」 tr. “the utmost bound of the manifold wheels of letters of all the worlds, universally bringing forth and displaying the dharmas” 〔0685b19〕, while the eighty reads 「一切音聲莊嚴輪」 tr. “the wheel of the adornment of all sounds” and 「一切差別字輪際」 tr. “the utmost bound of all the differing wheels of letters.” (k) The name of the next friend and what is asked of him: the eighty reads 「長者,名曰:解脫」 tr. “an elder named Liberation,” the forty 「長者名住解脫」 tr. “an elder named Liberation of Abiding”; the four questions entrusted to him are in the eighty ‘cultivating · accomplishing · gathering · pondering,’ and in the forty ‘gathering and cultivating · bringing forth · accomplishing · pondering.’ As for the marks of the bowing and taking leave, the eighty reads 「涕泗悲泣」 tr. “weeping and shedding tears” and 「辭退而行」 tr. “took his leave and journeyed on,” the forty 「悲泣流淚」 tr. “wept and let his tears flow” and 「辭退南行」 tr. “took his leave and journeyed south.” All recorded, without judgment.


V. Scriptural Grounds of Sectarian Doctrine (the doctrinal eye)

(1) Why the master bows to the disciple—the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood. The most singular thing in this section is that the master who tells the Dharma comes down from his seat and bows to a youth. Chengguan glosses the reason for it directly:

「所以師禮資者,以菩提心是佛因故,能廣出生諸功德故。」 tr. “The reason the master bows to the disciple is that the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood, and because it is able to bring forth all merits widely.” 〔T35n1735 0926c25〕

Below this he cites a treatise as proof, and sets it forth with the simile of the first moon and the full moon: 「敬禮菩提心者,如人禮白分初月,不禮滿月,以希現故,滿月由此故。」 tr. “One who reverently bows to the mind of awakening is like a man bowing to the first moon of the bright half, and not bowing to the full moon, because it is rare to appear, and because the full moon comes from this.” 〔T35n1735 0926c27〕 He further cites 「發心畢竟二不別,如是二心先心難。」 tr. “The giving rise of the mind and the ultimate are two that are not different; of these two minds the former is the harder.” 〔0926c29〕 and concludes it with 「是故我禮初發心人。」 tr. “Therefore I bow to the person who has first given rise to the mind.” 〔0927a01〕

Chengguan further resolves one doubt—since he has bowed to him, why then does he ascend his own seat and tell the Dharma:

「況未說法未定為師,後授己法方升本座,不乖重法。前諸知識而不爾者,為僧敬俗,事不便故。」 tr. “Moreover, before the Dharma is told he is not yet settled as master, and when he comes to confer his own Dharma he returns to his own seat and speaks; thus he does not go against the honoring of the Dharma. The reason the good friends before did not do so is that for a monk to revere a layman is inconvenient in practice.” 〔T35n1735 0927a01〕

The friends before him—Cloud of Virtue, Ocean Cloud, and Well-Abiding—were all monks and did not perform this bow, while this friend performs it; Chengguan attaches the reason for it to the decorum of monk and layman, and not to the height or lowness of virtue.

(2) The two glosses, crosswise and lengthwise, of the twelve sentences of the inquiring. Chengguan sets up two ways of reading the twelve questions:

「釋通橫竪,橫釋可知,竪配十地,一證發心故不退;二不誤犯故;三得禪定故;四精進故;五入俗故須總持;六般若現故;七權實雙行為甚深義,得觀察智慧地故,具足辯才;八無功用方為正念;九力增上故;十智增上故。」 tr. “The gloss runs both crosswise and lengthwise; the crosswise gloss can be known, and lengthwise they are matched to the ten grounds: one, because realizing the giving rise of the mind, therefore no retrogression; two, because of not transgressing by mistake; three, because of obtaining meditative concentration; four, because of vigor; five, because entering the worldly, therefore he must hold all together; six, because wisdom appears; seven, because the twofold practice of the expedient and the real is the most profound meaning, and because he obtains the ground of the wisdom of observation, he is complete in eloquence; eight, only the effortless is right mindfulness; nine, because of the increase of power; ten, because of the increase of wisdom.” 〔T35n1735 0926c17〕

Crosswise, the ten sentences are laid out level, each being one meaning; lengthwise, the ten sentences are matched in order to the ten grounds. This lengthwise matching is Chengguan's outline, and not something the sūtra text marks of itself.

(3) The three senses of 「輪」 tr. “wheel” and the teaching of the wheel of letters. Chengguan first records the three senses that Xianshou cites from Tripiṭaka Master Rizhao:

〔T35n1735 0927a19〕「言輪字品莊嚴法門者,賢首引日照三藏解云:「輪有多義。一約字相,《楞伽》中云『字輪圓滿猶如象迹』〔T35n1735 0927a20〕等。二約所詮,盡理圓備,如輪滿足。三約用,謂妙音陀羅尼,有轉授義、滅惑義,如法輪等。即輪字教法,詮示莊嚴。」〔0927a20〕」 tr. “As for saying ‘the dharma gate of the adornment of the chapter on the wheel of letters,’ Xianshou cites Tripiṭaka Master Rizhao's gloss, which says: ‘Wheel has many senses. First, in terms of the mark of the letter: the Laṅkāvatāra says, “the wheel of letters is full and complete like the footprint of an elephant,” and the rest. Second, in terms of what is set forth: exhausting the principle, round and complete, like the fullness of a wheel. Third, in terms of function: that is, the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī, which has the sense of turning and conferring and the sense of extinguishing delusion, like the wheel of the Dharma and the rest. That is, the teaching of the wheel of letters sets forth and displays the adornment.’”

Having recorded it he judges it 「此釋已佳」 tr. “this gloss is already fine,” and further cites of himself the Chapter on the Wheel of Letters of the Piluzhena jing as a help: 「是遍一切處法門,謂菩薩若住此字輪法門,始從初發妙菩提心,乃至成佛,於是中間所有一切自利利他種種事業皆得成就。」 tr. “This is the dharma gate that pervades all places; that is, if a bodhisattva abides in this dharma gate of the wheel of letters, then from first giving rise to the wondrous mind of awakening on up to accomplishing Buddhahood, all the various works of benefiting himself and benefiting others in between are wholly accomplished.” 〔T35n1735 0927a25〕 And again 「如最初阿字,即是菩提之心。」 tr. “As for the very first letter a, it is the mind of awakening.” 〔0927a28〕 (the Shu carries a reading note 〔上〕 after the graph a) And he glosses why 「字輪」 tr. “the wheel of letters” is named a wheel: 「所謂字輪者,從此輪轉而生諸字輪,是生義。」 tr. “As for what is called the wheel of letters, from this turning of the wheel the various wheels of letters are born; this is the sense of birth.” 〔0927b04〕 And he glosses 「莊嚴」 tr. “adornment”: 「種種布列員位,故名莊嚴。」 tr. “Every sort of laying out of the ranks and places, and therefore it is named adornment.” 〔0927b13〕

(4) Why the wheel of letters is told at this stage. Chengguan attaches it to the turning of the order of stages—the Dharma of the previous friend was the light of markless wisdom, and this stage is about to enter the worldly, and so it must rely upon letters to signify the meaning:

「所以次前而辨斯者,前無礙解脫即無相智光,今將入俗兼存有無,寄字表義。又為總持令不失故。既為醫人,亦以字輪消伏障故;聖教中生,宜持字故。」 tr. “The reason it is set forth next after the one before is that the unobstructed liberation before was the light of the wisdom of the markless, and now, about to enter the worldly, both existence and nonexistence are kept together, and letters are relied upon to signify the meaning. Also, it is for the sake of holding all together, so that nothing is lost. Since he is a physician, he also uses the wheel of letters to dissolve and subdue obstructions; and because he is born within the holy teaching, it is fitting that he hold the letters.” 〔T35n1735 0927b14〕

The four words 「聖教中生」 tr. “born within the holy teaching” are precisely where the sense of 「生貴住」 tr. “the abode of noble birth” lies—born in the house of the Buddha, and so it is fitting that he hold the letters of the teaching.

(5) The substance of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī—the forty-two letters and the fourteen sounds. Chengguan judges the marking of the name and the displaying of the working of 「妙音陀羅尼」 tr. “the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī,” and points out that it is one with the dharma gate of the wheel of letters:

〔T35n1735 0927b19〕「妙音陀羅尼者標名,「能分別」〔0927b19〕下顯用。此妙音持,即前輪字法門。然字即四十二字,音即十四音,謂哀阿億伊等,以十四音遍入諸字,故出字無盡。」 tr. “‘The wondrous-sound dhāraṇī’ marks the name, and from ‘able to distinguish’ onward displays the working. This holding of the wondrous sound is the very gate of the wheel of letters above. Now the letters are the forty-two letters, and the sounds are the fourteen sounds—that is, ai, a, i, ī and the rest; and because the fourteen sounds enter everywhere into the letters, the letters that come forth are without end.”

The reason he is able to know all speech lies in this—the sounds enter everywhere into the letters, and so the letters are without end; the letters being without end, there is no speech that is not penetrated. Chengguan further concludes 「二處互舉,理實相成。」 tr. “The two places raise it up by turns, and in principle they truly complete each other.” 〔0927b23〕 The 「輪字」 tr. “wheel of letters” told in the market shops and the 「妙音」 tr. “wondrous sound” conferred upon the seat are two faces of one Dharma.

(6) The fourteen sentences of the deferring to the superior and the word 「際」 tr. “utmost bound”. Chengguan divides the senses of the fourteen sentences:

〔T35n1735 0927b25〕「後「如諸」〔0927b25〕下仰推勝進。別有十四句,前四可知,五詮深密故、六無餘說故、七法融時法故、八勝故、九勝中勝故,次三可知,十三十四即前所得。而言際者,窮理盡性故。」 tr. “After that, from ‘as for the various’ onward is looking up and deferring to the advance. Separately there are fourteen sentences: the first four can be known; the fifth is because it sets forth the profound and secret; the sixth because it tells without remainder; the seventh because the Dharma fuses the dharmas of time; the eighth because it is higher; the ninth because it is highest among the high; the next three can be known; the thirteenth and fourteenth are what he obtained above. And as for saying ‘utmost bound,’ it is because it exhausts principle and exhausts nature.”

In the last sentence, 「一切差別字輪際」 tr. “the utmost bound of all the differing wheels of letters,” the word 「際」 tr. “utmost bound” Chengguan glosses as exhausting principle and exhausting nature—it is not the bound of a boundary, it is the bound of the ultimate.

(7) What the abode of noble birth signifies. Fazang glosses this stage upon the name of the land and the name of the city:

「又表此位中種姓尊貴生在佛家,是故國名自在。城名呪藥者,謂於此城中放三昧光破無明闇,如呪除鬼病。說輪字法破餘煩惱,如藥療餘病。」 tr. “It also signifies that in this stage the lineage is noble and one is born in the house of the Buddha, and therefore the land is named Sovereignty. As for the city being named Spell-Medicine, it is that within this city he sends forth the light of samādhi and breaks the darkness of ignorance, as a spell removes sickness caused by demons; and telling the dharma of the wheel of letters breaks the remaining afflictions, as medicine cures the remaining sicknesses.” 〔T35n1733 0458c13〕

He further glosses the stage to which the good physician is assigned: 「以此寄當無流位故,滅障義顯,故以表之。」 tr. “Because this is assigned to the stage answering to the undefiled, the sense of extinguishing obstruction is manifest, and therefore it is signified by this.” 〔T35n1733 0458c20〕


VI. Divergent Interpretations of the Commentators (the ancient worthies · marking the house)

Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735 (the direct gloss upon the eighty-fascicle Avataṃsaka · principal)

The name of the outline: 「第四彌伽,寄生貴住,亦具六分。」 tr. “The fourth, Megha, is assigned to the abode of noble birth, and it too has the six parts complete.” 〔T35n1735 0926c10〕

How the ten sentences of mindfulness of the previous Dharma open: 〔T35n1735 0926c12〕「十句,初總,即前所得法門;「深信」〔0926c13〕已下皆別起觀修。文顯可知。」 tr. “Ten sentences: the first is the general, that is, the dharma gate obtained before; from ‘deeply believed’ onward, all are the particular giving rise of contemplation and cultivation. The text is plain and can be known.”

The three sections of the praising of the giving rise of the mind: 「於中三:初有十句,因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發,而汝能發是謂希奇。其相多同〈初發心品〉。此中亦具深直悲心,可以意得。」 tr. “Within it are three: first there are ten sentences—the virtue of the cause is deep and vast, and when in the end this virtue is accomplished the merit goes back to the first giving rise; and that you are able to give rise to it, this is what is called rare and wondrous. Its marks are for the most part the same as in the Chapter on the First Giving Rise of the Mind. Here too there is the profound, the straight, and the compassionate mind, which may be got at by the sense.” 〔T35n1735 0927a06〕

The sense of the praising of the seeking of friends: 「第二讚求友中,以菩薩難遇而能求能遇,故知善財是深法器。亦預誡求友之心,故解脫處歷十二年不生疲厭。」 tr. “In the second, the praising of the seeking of friends: because the bodhisattva is hard to meet with and yet he is able to seek and able to meet, one knows that Sudhana is a deep vessel of the Dharma. It also warns beforehand the mind that seeks friends, and so at the place of Liberation he passes twelve years without giving rise to weariness.” 〔T35n1735 0927a10〕

The matching of the thirteen similes: 「有十三喻,初二喻恃怙、次四喻拯濟、次君喻依處、餘喻救護。」 tr. “There are thirteen similes: the first two liken the support and refuge, the next four liken the rescue and relief, the next, the sovereign, likens the place to rely upon, and the rest liken the saving protection.” 〔T35n1735 0927a15〕

The two sections of the conferring of the Dharma: 〔T35n1735 0927a16〕「第二「彌伽如是讚歎」〔0927a16〕下授己法門,中二:先現通益物,令其目覩;後「彌伽於是還升」〔0927a18〕下升座說授,令其聽聞。」 tr. “Second, from ‘Megha having praised in this way’ onward is the conferring of his own dharma gate, and within it are two: first the displaying of spiritual power to benefit things, causing them to see it with their own eyes; and after that, from ‘Megha thereupon ascended again’ onward, ascending the seat and telling and conferring, causing them to hear it.”

The sense of the name of the next friend: 「年耆德艾、事長於人,故稱長者。於其身內現無邊佛境,定用自在,故名解脫。」 tr. “Because he is advanced in years and ripe in virtue, and in his affairs is elder to others, he is called an elder. Because within his own body there appear boundless realms of the Buddhas and the working of his concentration is sovereign, he is named Liberation.” 〔T35n1735 0927c01〕

Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733 (the commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)

The outline divided into five: 「第四生貴住中,五分同前。」 tr. “In the fourth, the abode of noble birth, the five parts are the same as before.” 〔T35n1733 0458c11〕

The sense of the name: 「彌加者,此翻名雲,謂能注法雨潤益眾生故名也。略無歎德,餘同前辨。」 tr. “As for Mijia, this is rendered by the name Cloud, and it is so named because he is able to pour down the rain of the Dharma and moisten and benefit beings. The praising of his virtue is abridged and absent; the rest is set forth as before.” 〔T35n1733 0458c21〕—the base text uses the letters 「彌加」 tr. “Mijia,” while the eighty-fascicle text reads 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha”; the two forms are recorded together without judgment.

The appellation of the good physician comes from his kind: 「以此良醫者,天竺本名達閉多。解云:此是種類之號,在南天竺,如此方吳楚等類。但此類中,此人善醫故,能以法藥善治惑病,故以為名。」 tr. “As for this good physician, in the text from India he is named Dabiduo. The gloss says: this is the appellation of a kind, in South India, like the kinds Wu and Chu and the rest in this land. But because within this kind this man is skilled in medicine, and is able with the medicine of the Dharma well to cure the sickness of delusion, it is therefore taken as his name.” 〔T35n1733 0458c16〕

How the ten sentences of mindfulness of the previous Dharma open (differing from Chengguan's 『初總餘別』 tr. “the first general and the rest particular”): 〔T35n1733 0458c24〕「十句中,初二句念所得所具、次「正念佛」〔0458c24〕下二句念所歸所離、次「念善知識」〔0458c25〕下二句念所求所度、次「於一切」〔0458c26〕下二句明護煩惱行、後「悉能」〔0458c27〕下二句護小乘行。」 tr. “Among the ten sentences, the first two sentences are mindfulness of what is obtained and what is possessed; the next two, from ‘rightly mindful of the Buddha’ onward, are mindfulness of what he returns to and what he leaves behind; the next two, from ‘mindful of the good friend’ onward, are mindfulness of what he seeks and whom he delivers; the next two, from ‘toward all’ onward, make clear the guarding against the practices of the afflictions; and the last two, from ‘wholly able’ onward, are the guarding against the practices of the lesser vehicle.”

The four divisions of seeing, paying respect, and requesting: 「第三見敬申請中四:先入見依報。二見正報法堂顯其正位。」 tr. “In the third, seeing, paying respect, and requesting, there are four: first, entering and seeing the dependent recompense. Second, seeing the proper recompense, the hall of the Dharma, which manifests his proper stage.” 〔T35n1733 0458c28〕

The three senses of the wheel of letters (of one source with what Chengguan records from Xianshou citing Tripiṭaka Master Rizhao, but differing in the letter): 「三約用,謂下所言不虛等,有傳授義滅惑義,如法輪等。即輪字,教法詮示,莊嚴光行。除障為光,證理為嚴。」 tr. “Third, in terms of function: that is, what is spoken below being not false and the rest, which has the sense of handing down and conferring and the sense of extinguishing delusion, like the wheel of the Dharma and the rest. That is, the wheel of letters, the teaching setting forth and displaying, the adornment and the light of practice. Removing obstruction is the light; realizing the principle is the adornment.” 〔T35n1733 0459a05〕

The two divisions of showing the Dharma realm: 〔T35n1733 0459a10〕「第四「爾時良醫」〔0459a10〕下明示法界中二:初敬歎法器、後授己法門。」 tr. “Fourth, from ‘at that time the good physician’ onward, making clear the showing of the Dharma realm, within which are two: first, revering and praising the vessel of the Dharma; after that, conferring his own dharma gate.”

Why does he bow—the three glosses of the ancients and Fazang's own further gloss: 「何故禮者?古釋云:顯敬法重人故」 tr. “Why does he bow? The ancient gloss says: to show that he reveres the Dharma and holds the person in weight” 〔T35n1733 0459a12〕; the second and third of the ancient glosses read 「又云:敬其道器也。又云:不輕末學也。」 tr. “It also says: he reveres him as a vessel of the Way. It also says: he does not slight one who learns late.” 〔0459a16〕 Fazang then brings forth a gloss of his own: 「今更釋:以菩提心是佛因故,重其果而敬其因,此敬則是行菩薩行故,示此軌則令眾倣學。」 tr. “Now a further gloss: because the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood, he holds the fruit in weight and so reveres the cause; and this reverence is itself the practising of the bodhisattva practice, showing this rule so that the assembly may model itself upon it.” 〔0459a17〕 And he brings forth yet another: 〔T35n1733 0459a19〕「又釋:佛果大心不足為難,創起大心此則為難,是故經云「發心畢竟二不別,如是二心前心難。自未得度先度他,故我頂禮初發心。」〔0459a21〕」 tr. “A further gloss: the great mind at the fruit of Buddhahood is not hard enough to count as hard; to raise the great mind for the very first time—this is hard. Therefore the sūtra says, ‘The giving rise of the mind and the ultimate are two that are not different, and of these two minds the former is the harder. Not yet delivered oneself, one delivers others first; therefore I bow my head to the first giving rise of the mind.’” Last he cites a treatise: 「如新翻《法界無差別論》中,敬禮菩提心者,如世間人禮白分初月不禮滿等,以希現故、滿月由此故。」 tr. “As in the newly translated Fajie wu chabie lun, one who bows to the mind of awakening is like a man of the world bowing to the first moon of the bright half and not to the full and the rest, because it is rare to appear, and because the full moon comes from this.” 〔0459a23〕—the treatise Chengguan cites is of the same source, while Fazang marks it as 「新翻」 tr. “newly translated.”

The three divisions of the praising of virtue, and the five pairs of causes in the first ten sentences: 〔T35n1733 0459a26〕「三「敬重」〔0459a26〕下明言中歎德中三:初十歎大心功德能。初二為佛果依正性。性者因也,以菩提心是因法,故皆云性。次二成所化因。次二成業行因。次二願智因,謂願常隨有,智恒離欲。後二為大果因,謂菩提涅槃也。」 tr. “Third, from ‘revering’ onward, making clear that within the praising of virtue in speech there are three: the first ten praise the working of the merit of the great mind. The first two are the nature of the dependent and proper recompense of Buddhahood. ‘Nature’ here means cause: because the mind of awakening is a dharma that is cause, therefore all of them say ‘nature.’ The next two are the cause that ripens those to be converted. The next two are the cause that completes the practice of karma. The next two are the cause of vow and wisdom—the vow constantly accompanying existence, the wisdom constantly free of desire. The last two are the cause of the great fruit, namely awakening and nirvāṇa.”—Fazang, reading the first ten sentences in the sixty, where each sentence closes with the word 「性」 tr. “nature,” runs the one phrase 「性者因也」 tr. “‘nature’ here means cause” through them all: the mind of awakening is a dharma that is cause, and so every 「性」 tr. “nature” in the ten sentences is to be taken as cause. The five pairs are: the cause of the dependent and proper recompense of Buddhahood · the cause of those to be converted · the cause of the practice of karma · the cause of vow and wisdom · the cause of the great fruit. Chengguan, reading the eighty, judges these same ten sentences as 「因德深廣,斯德終成功歸初發」 tr. “the virtue of the cause is deep and broad; when this virtue is at last accomplished, the merit goes back to the first giving rise of the mind” 〔T35n1735 0927a06〕—one house takes 「性」 tr. “nature” as cause and opens five pairs, the other speaks of the final accomplishment whose merit goes back to the first giving rise; each is its own track, recorded without judgment.

Having already bowed before, why does he now sit again: 「問:前既敬禮,今何故復坐?答:前未與法,非弟子故,致敬無咎;今現師位,是故還坐。」 tr. “Question: having already bowed before, why does he now sit again? Answer: before, he had not yet given the Dharma, and so the other was not a disciple, and there was no fault in his paying homage; now he manifests the standing of a master, and therefore he returns to his seat.” 〔T35n1733 0459b08〕 Chengguan reads 「未說法未定為師」 tr. “before the Dharma is told he is not yet settled as master,” Fazang 「非弟子故」 tr. “because the other was not a disciple”—the standing to which the two houses attach it differs.

The gloss of the name of the dharma gate in the sixty-fascicle text, and the text from India: 「所言不虛者,言必饒益故。天竺本名得妙音陀羅尼法門。解云:即是此中分別知天龍等語言是也。」 tr. “As for ‘what is said is not vain,’ it is because his words must benefit. The text from India names it the dharma gate of obtaining the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī. The gloss says: this is just the distinguishing and knowing of the speech of the gods and nāgas and the rest here.” 〔T35n1733 0459b10〕

The three divisions of deferring to the superior, and the close of the outline: 〔T35n1733 0459b12〕「第五「云何能說」〔0459b12〕下仰推勝進中三:初一句總舉。」 tr. “Fifth, from ‘how could I tell of it’ onward, deferring upward to the superior advance, within which are three: first, one sentence raising it in general.” Its second and third read 〔0459b13〕「二「彼諸菩薩」〔0459b13〕下別顯,十句悉是言音字句施設等,繁廣如海,勝進深入非己能知。三「逮得」〔0459b15〕下結彼所得深妙之法。」 tr. “Second, from ‘those bodhisattvas’ onward, displaying them one by one: the ten sentences are all of sounds, letters, phrases, settings-up and the like, manifold and vast as an ocean, a superior advance entered deeply and not to be known by oneself. Third, from ‘attaining’ onward, concluding the deep and wondrous Dharma they have obtained.” The words closing the outline: 〔0459b16〕「第四生貴住竟。」 tr. “The fourth, the abode of noble birth, is finished.”

Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739 (a differing track of what things signify)

「四生貴住,明對治世間法則,及生死煩闠不自在障,令自在故。」 tr. “Fourth, the abode of noble birth, makes clear the countering of the rules of the world, and of the obstruction of unfreedom in the clamor of the afflictions of birth-and-death, so as to make one free.” 〔T36n1739 0832b17〕

「於一一字猶如車輪,一多圓滿互體相成。」 tr. “Every single letter is like the wheel of a cart; the one and the many are round and complete, and their substances complete each other.” 〔T36n1739 0832b20〕

「一字之中有無盡字句,為世間名句文身,引諸未學以成教軌,即俗士彌伽以成其行,為令得出世心。」 tr. “Within one letter there are endless letters and phrases, which make the bodies of names, phrases, and syllables in the world, drawing on those who have not yet studied so as to make the track of the teaching; that is, the layman Megha thereby accomplishes his practice, so as to make them obtain the mind that goes beyond the world.” 〔T36n1739 0832b21〕

「此當善財第四善知識彌伽長者說輪字法門,了俗諦法,而令愚黑者得出世樂故。」 tr. “This answers to Sudhana's fourth good friend, the elder Megha, telling the dharma gate of the wheel of letters, penetrating the dharma of the conventional truth, so as to make the foolish and benighted obtain the happiness that goes beyond the world.” 〔T36n1739 0830c04〕

The three glosses of the names (the direct gloss in the Chapter on Entering the Dharma Realm): the name of the land—「國名達里鼻荼者,其國在南印土境,名義未譯。」 tr. “As for the land being named Daliebitu, that land lies within the borders of southern India, and the sense of the name has not been translated.” 〔T36n1739 0958c26〕 The name of the friend—「彌伽,此云能伏,為出世智已恒現前、世間智已得具足,真俗二智已滿,能伏邪見異論故,故名能伏。亦名為雲,以能有德蔭俗雨法故,故名為雲。」 tr. “Megha, this means Able to Subdue: because his world-transcending wisdom is already constantly present and his worldly wisdom already fully possessed, the twofold wisdom of the real and the conventional being already complete, he is able to subdue wrong views and heterodox doctrines, and therefore he is named Able to Subdue. He is also named Cloud, because he is able, having virtue, to shade the worldly and rain down the Dharma, and therefore he is named Cloud.” 〔0958c27〕 The name of the city—「城名自在者,明出世智已得現前,於世名言義智自在,故名自在。此依主立名也。」 tr. “As for the city being named Sovereignty, it makes clear that his world-transcending wisdom has already become present, and that in the wisdom of the meaning of the names and words of the world he is sovereign, and therefore it is named Sovereignty. This is a name established upon the possessor.” 〔0959a01〕

The outline of ten gates (differing alike from Chengguan's six parts, Fazang's five, and Zhiyan's three): 〔T36n1739 0959a04〕「第一正入當位法門。從「爾時善財童子」〔0959a04〕已下至「妙音陀羅尼光明法門」〔0959a05〕有六十七行經,約分為十門」 tr. “First, directly entering the dharma gate of the present stage. From ‘at that time the youth Sudhana’ down to ‘the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī’ there are sixty-seven lines of the sūtra, divided in outline into ten gates”, and the items are 「一正念其所授之法思惟勝進、二南行至處推覓彌伽、三見已致敬禮畢、四正申所求、五彌伽遽自下座五體投地敬初發心、六散金銀華無價寶為座令善財坐上、七稱讚善財而能發無上大菩提心為世所依、八彌伽面門放光集眾、九彌伽為眾說輪字品莊嚴門、十彌伽授與善財妙音陀羅尼光明法門。」 tr. “first, being rightly mindful of the Dharma conferred upon him and pondering it so as to advance; second, journeying south to the place and searching out Megha; third, having seen him, paying respect and completing the bow; fourth, directly setting forth what he seeks; fifth, Megha at once coming down from his seat himself, casting his five limbs to the ground, and revering the first giving rise of the mind; sixth, scattering golden and silver flowers and priceless jewels for a seat and having Sudhana sit upon them; seventh, praising Sudhana for being able to give rise to the unsurpassed great mind of awakening and so becoming that on which the world relies; eighth, Megha emitting light from his mouth and gathering the assembly; ninth, Megha telling the assembly the gate of the adornment of the classes of the wheel of letters; tenth, Megha conferring upon Sudhana the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī.” 〔0959a06〕

The ground of coming down from the seat and paying homage (a track differing from Chengguan's 「菩提心是佛因」 tr. “the mind of awakening is the cause of Buddhahood”): 「彌伽所以遽自下座五體投地致敬善財者,遽者疾也,明彌伽致敬能發大菩提心者,與十方諸佛同一體性、同一智慧、同一解脫,人天所依,何得不敬。」 tr. “As for why Megha at once came down from his seat himself, cast his five limbs to the ground, and paid homage to Sudhana: ‘at once’ means swiftly. It makes clear that Megha paid homage to one able to give rise to the great mind of awakening, who is of one and the same substance, one and the same wisdom, one and the same liberation with the Buddhas of the ten directions, and is that on which gods and men rely—how could he not revere him?” 〔T36n1739 0959a14〕 And he attaches it to the order of the two wisdoms: 「以表俗諦差別智敬真諦根本智,以俗智是根本智中起故。」 tr. “thus signifying that the differentiating wisdom of the conventional truth reveres the root wisdom of the real truth, because the conventional wisdom arises from within the root wisdom.” 〔0959a24〕

What the abode of noble birth signifies: 「又此第四生貴住,明三界業謝,名生在佛家。第四地亦名生在佛家,與此住位同知同得、同見其法,依本而安立之。」 tr. “Moreover this fourth, the abode of noble birth, makes clear that the karma of the three realms has fallen away, and it is named being born into the house of the Buddha. The fourth ground is likewise named being born into the house of the Buddha, and with this abode it knows the same, obtains the same, and sees the same Dharma; it is established upon that root.” 〔T36n1739 0959b02〕

The gloss upon the wheel of letters—names have no own-nature, and host and companion: 「如是互為主伴、互為莊嚴。有無緣起皆無自性」 tr. “In this way they are host and companion to one another and adornment to one another. Existence and non-existence arise conditioned, and both are without own-nature” 〔T36n1739 0959b13〕; 「眾生及名字言音皆無自性,以此名字圓滿清淨,音聲無所障礙。」 tr. “Beings, and names and the sounds of speech, are all without own-nature, and therefore these names are perfect and pure, and the sounds are without any obstruction.” 〔0959b14〕; 「皆一一字中有無盡義,猶如帝網影像相入。」 tr. “In every single letter there are meanings without end, like the images in Śakra's jeweled net entering into one another.” 〔0959c03〕 The reason for the name of the dharma gate: 「以智體性,隨其類音皆令歡喜而得解脫故,名妙音陀羅尼光明法門。」 tr. “Because by the substance and nature of wisdom he accords with the sounds of their several kinds and causes them all to rejoice and to obtain liberation, it is named the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī.” 〔0959c07〕

The perfection of this stage, and the layman as its mark: 「此第四生貴住善知識,以精進波羅蜜為體,餘九為伴。」 tr. “This good friend of the fourth, the abode of noble birth, has the perfection of vigor as his substance, and the remaining nine as companions.” 〔T36n1739 0959c08〕; 「前三善友明出世智慧,明三比丘表之。此彌伽及解脫長者二人,明處世間解脫故,還以俗士表之。」 tr. “The three good friends before make clear world-transcending wisdom, and three monks are the mark of it. These two, Megha and the elder Liberation, make clear liberation while dwelling in the world, and so a layman is again the mark of it.” 〔0959c11〕

The four gates of the second, advancing to the stage before: 〔T36n1739 0959c14〕「第二昇進前位門中,從「如諸菩薩摩訶薩」〔0959c14〕已下至「辭退而行」〔0959c15〕有十四行經,約分為四門:一推德於先、二示其善友所在、三舉善友之名、四頂禮辭去。」 tr. “Within the second, the gate of advancing to the stage before: from ‘as for the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas’ down to ‘took his leave and journeyed on’ there are fourteen lines of the sūtra, divided in outline into four gates: first, deferring the virtue to those before him; second, showing where that good friend is; third, raising the name of that good friend; fourth, bowing his head and taking his leave.” The reason no separate land is set up: 「此不推別有國土,但南行有一聚落者,明同處俗流。以精進波羅蜜與禪波羅蜜大體不二故,所以不別國也。」 tr. “Here he does not defer to there being a separate land, but says only that journeying south there is a village—this makes clear that they dwell alike among worldly folk. Because the perfection of vigor and the perfection of meditation are in their main substance not two, therefore the land is not made separate.” 〔0959c17〕

Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732

The outline divided into three: 〔T35n1732 0092a25〕「第四生貴住菩薩,良醫名彌伽,入所言不虛法門,即初教勸、二「時善財」〔0092a26〕下依教趣入、三「良醫」〔0092a27〕下謂正入證。」 tr. “The bodhisattva of the fourth, the abode of noble birth: the good physician is named Megha, and he enters the dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false. That is, first the teaching and exhorting; second, from ‘at that time Sudhana’ onward, entering in accord with the teaching; third, from ‘the good physician’ onward, what is called the direct entering and realizing.”

The seven sections of entering in accord with the teaching: 〔T35n1732 0092a28〕「二依教趣入中有七:初辭進;二「爾時一心」〔0092a29〕下念前法門令其成滿;三「漸至」〔0092a29〕下進向勝分;四「入祝藥城」〔0092b01〕下依教簡擇;五見相;六敬儀;七請問,有二可知。」 tr. “Second, within entering in accord with the teaching there are seven: first, taking leave and advancing; second, from ‘at that time, single-mindedly’ onward, being mindful of the previous dharma gate so as to bring it to fullness; third, from ‘little by little he came’ onward, advancing toward the surpassing portion; fourth, from ‘entered the city of Spell-Medicine’ onward, selecting in accord with the teaching; fifth, seeing the mark; sixth, the manner of reverence; seventh, requesting and asking, which has two and can be known.”

The three sections of the direct entering and the five sections of the praising of the giving rise of the mind: 〔T35n1732 0092b02〕「三正入中有三:初歎發心、二「爾時良醫稱揚」〔0092b03〕下說自分法、三「云何能說」〔0092b04〕仰推勝分。初文有五:一審發心、二明答、三禮供養、四「敬重」〔0092b05〕下歎發心功德、五「當知菩薩」〔0092b06〕下通歎菩薩化德。」 tr. “Third, within the direct entering there are three: first, praising the giving rise of the mind; second, from ‘at that time the good physician extolled’ onward, telling the dharma of his own portion; third, ‘how could I tell,’ looking up and deferring to the surpassing portion. The first passage has five: one, determining the giving rise of the mind; two, the clear answer; three, bowing and making offering; four, from ‘reverence’ onward, praising the merit of the giving rise of the mind; five, from ‘you should know that a bodhisattva’ onward, praising throughout the transforming virtue of the bodhisattva.”

The four sections of telling the Dharma of his own part: 〔T35n1732 0092b09〕「第二說自分法中有四:初明口放光集眾;二「時彼良醫」〔0092b10〕下廣辨智慧法門;三「所應作已」〔0092b11〕下攝儀歸本,有三:初歸、次說法門名、三明德用」 tr. “Second, in the telling of the Dharma of his own part there are four: first, making clear the emitting of light from the mouth and the gathering of the assembly; second, from ‘at that time that good physician’ onward, setting forth at length the dharma gate of wisdom; third, from ‘what was to be done being done’ onward, gathering in the observance and returning to the root, within which are three: first the returning, next the telling of the name of the dharma gate, third the making clear of the working of its virtue”—beneath the third of these four sections Zhiyan opens three further small sections, which is one of the finest-grained places in the outlines of all the houses upon this section.

The two sections of the concluding and deferring upward: 〔T35n1732 0092b12〕「第四結仰推中有二:初總、次「彼諸」〔0092b13〕下別也。」 tr. “Fourth, in the concluding and deferring upward there are two: first the general, next, from ‘those’ onward, the particular.”

Recorded Without Judgment

As for the outline of this section, Chengguan opens six parts (seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring · praising and conferring the Dharma · humbling oneself and deferring to the superior · pointing to the next friend · cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave), Fazang upon the sixty-fascicle text opens five parts, and Zhiyan upon the sixty-fascicle text opens three parts and beneath entering in accord with the teaching further sets up seven sections and beneath the direct entering further sets up three sections; the numbers the three houses obtain and what they attach to are both different. As for how the ten sentences of mindfulness of the previous Dharma open and close, Chengguan makes it 『初總餘別』 tr. “the first general and the rest particular” (one general and nine particular), while Fazang makes it five pairs (what is obtained and what is possessed · what he returns to and what he leaves behind · what he seeks and whom he delivers · the guarding against the practices of the afflictions · the guarding against the practices of the lesser vehicle)—the one a division of one and nine, the other a pairing two by two. As for the sense of the good friend's name, Fazang attaches it to 「此翻名雲」 tr. “this is rendered by the name Cloud” and glosses it with the pouring down of the rain of the Dharma, Zhiyan's Kongmu zhang reads in its main text 「五名彌伽良醫」 tr. “the fifth is named Megha, the good physician” 〔T45n1870 0589a03〕, with the inline note 〔此方名多雲〕 tr. 〔in this land the name is Many Clouds〕 under the name and the inline note 〔祝藥者說藥也〕 tr. 〔one who spells medicines, that is, one who tells of medicines〕 under “the good physician,” and Li Tongxuan glosses the name separately, saying 「彌伽,此云能伏」 tr. “as for Megha, this means Able to Subdue” 〔T36n1739 0958c27〕, and further records 「亦名為雲,以能有德蔭俗雨法故」 tr. “he is also named Cloud, because he is able, having virtue, to shade the worldly and rain down the Dharma” 〔0958c29〕, and takes the market shops as signifying the clamor and stillness of birth-and-death. As for what this stage signifies, Fazang attaches it to 「種姓尊貴生在佛家」 tr. “the lineage is noble and one is born in the house of the Buddha” 〔T35n1733 0458c13〕 and takes the names of the land and the city as proof, while Li Tongxuan attaches it to 「對治世間法則」 tr. “the countering of the rules of the world” and takes the mutual completing of the one and the many in the wheel of letters as proof. As for the three senses of the wheel of letters, Chengguan records the text of Tripiṭaka Master Rizhao as cited by Xianshou and further cites the Chapter on the Wheel of Letters of the Piluzhena jing to help it, while the third of the three senses Fazang records, the sense in terms of function, reads 「所言不虛」 tr. “what is spoken is not false” (the name of the dharma gate in the sixty-fascicle text) whereas Chengguan reads 「妙音陀羅尼」 tr. “the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī” (the name of the dharma gate in the eighty-fascicle text). All these divergent interpretations are the established sayings of the ancient worthies; they are recorded, without judging which is higher.


VII. Cross-Reading and Lineage

The text of this section: the chains of lineage all turn back directly upon cross-readings already made by the ancient worthies:

  • Zhiyan, Huayan jing kongmu zhang T45n1870: in the list of the names of the good friends (forty-six entries in the original table), this friend stands fifth—「初文殊師利 二名功德雲比丘」 tr. “first, Mañjuśrī; the second is named the monk Merit Cloud” 〔T45n1870 0589a01〕, 「三名海雲比丘 四名善住比丘」 tr. “the third is named the monk Ocean Cloud; the fourth is named the monk Well-Abiding” 〔0589a02〕, 「五名彌伽良醫」 tr. “the fifth is named Megha, the good physician” 〔0589a03〕. The name reads 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha,” the same as in the eighty-fascicle text; 「良醫」 tr. “the good physician” is likewise the main text of the Kongmu zhang and not a note—the inline note under the name is 〔此方名多雲〕 tr. 〔in this land the name is Many Clouds〕, and the inline note under “the good physician” is 〔祝藥者說藥也〕 tr. 〔one who spells medicines, that is, one who tells of medicines〕; the appellation 「良醫」 tr. “the good physician” is taken from the sixty-fascicle text. This list is the simplest skeleton of the order of the good friends in the Huayan house.
  • Fazang's Tanxuan ji and its record of collating the Sanskrit: 〔T35n1733 0459a02〕「近勘兩本梵經,皆名「輪」〔0459a03〕字,請則改正。」 tr. “Recently I collated two Sanskrit texts, and both name it with the word ‘wheel’; I ask that it accordingly be corrected.”—this is a collation note made by an ancient worthy upon the two forms 「輪」 tr. “wheel” and 「論」 tr. “discourse” in differing witnesses, and the name in this section is settled upon 「輪」 tr. “wheel” accordingly.
  • The three texts Chengguan cites: the Fajie wu chabie lun (glossing the bowing to one who has first given rise to the mind) 〔T35n1735 0926c27〕 · the Laṅkāvatāra (glossing the wheel of letters as like the footprint of an elephant) 〔0927a20〕 · the Chapter on the Wheel of Letters of the Piluzhena jing (glossing the wheel of the letter a and the five letters of the three divisions) 〔0927a24〕. The texts of all three are cited at second hand by Chengguan, and the face of lineage in this section lies only within this citing at second hand.
  • Chengguan's Yanyi chao T36n1736 (the Shu's gloss upon itself): upon the text of the Shu in this section the Chao glosses sentence by sentence (the Chao being the Shu's own gloss upon itself, and also what this edition relies on in checking the relation of the citations to the sūtras), and it divides who speaks in the Shu from who speaks in the Chao. First, it divides the Shu's adducing of proof into two: 〔T36n1736 0669c11〕「先正釋,以敬法重人故;二「故法界」〔0669c12〕下引證,一引論、二「又發心畢竟」〔0669c13〕下引經。即《涅槃》三十七至迦葉讚佛。」 tr. “First the direct gloss, that he reveres the Dharma and holds the person in weight; second, from ‘therefore the Fajie’ onward is the adducing of proof, of which the first cites a treatise and the second, from ‘and further, the giving rise of the mind and the ultimate’ onward, cites a sūtra—that is the Nirvāṇa, fascicle thirty-seven, at Kāśyapa's praising of the Buddha.” —the verse cited in the Shu is not from this sūtra, but comes from the place of Kāśyapa's praising of the Buddha in fascicle thirty-seven of the Nirvāṇa; and the Chao supplies its full text: 〔0669c14〕「具云「發心畢竟二不別,如是二心先心難。自未得度先度他,是故我禮初發心。初發已為天人師,勝出聲聞及緣覺,如是發心過三界,是故得名最無上。」〔0669c14〕今略引三句耳。」 tr. “In full it reads, ‘The giving rise of the mind and the ultimate are two that are not different, and of these two minds the former is the harder. Not yet delivered oneself, one delivers others first; therefore I bow to the first giving rise of the mind. Having first given rise to it, one is already a teacher of gods and men, surpassing the śrāvakas and the pratyekabuddhas; giving rise to the mind in this way passes beyond the three realms, and therefore it is called the utterly unsurpassed.’ Here only three sentences are cited in brief.” Second, it glosses the Shu's 「不乖重法」 tr. “he does not go against the honoring of the Dharma”: 〔0669c21〕「言「不乖重法」〔0669c21〕者,以師禮資義似自輕,昇座方說不乖重法。」 tr. “As for the words ‘he does not go against the honoring of the Dharma’: since for a master to bow to a disciple seems in sense to make himself light, only by ascending the seat and then telling does he not go against the honoring of the Dharma.” And it cites the Nirvāṇa, fascicle six, as proof of the honoring of the Dharma: 〔T36n1736 0669c22〕「言重法者,《涅槃》第六云「有知法者,若老若少,故應供養恭敬禮拜。猶如事火婆羅門等,如第二天奉事帝釋。佛言:『我於經中覆相說是,不為學聲聞人,但為菩薩。』〔0669c25〕」〔0669c23〕」 tr. “As for the words ‘honoring the Dharma,’ the Nirvāṇa, fascicle six, says: ‘One who knows the Dharma, whether old or young, is therefore to be made offering to, revered, and bowed to—just as the brahmans who serve fire, and as the second heaven serving Śakra. The Buddha said: “In the sūtras I have told this under a covering aspect; it is not for those who study as śrāvakas, but only for bodhisattvas.”’” And with this the Chao resolves the Shu's difficulty of 「為僧敬俗」 tr. “a monk revering a layman”: 「釋曰:由後義故,故下通難云:為僧敬俗事不便故,即約聲聞不輕佛法。若是菩薩常不輕。是四眾皆禮,故為重法。」 tr. “The gloss says: it is by the latter sense; and so below the difficulty is resolved by saying that for a monk to revere a layman is inconvenient in practice—this is said with respect to the śrāvakas, so as not to slight the Buddha-Dharma. If it be a bodhisattva, he never slights; he bows to all four assemblies, and this is the honoring of the Dharma.” 〔0669c26〕 Third, it glosses the Shu's 「五詮深密」 tr. “the fifth sets forth the profound and secret”: 〔0670a22〕「疏「五詮深密」〔0670a22〕者,略有三義:一詮於理智,即事而真,如三德涅槃名祕密藏等;二密意故;三具三密故。」 tr. “As for the Shu's ‘the fifth sets forth the profound and secret,’ there are in brief three senses: first, it sets forth principle and wisdom, the real in the very phenomenon, as the nirvāṇa of the three virtues is called the secret storehouse and the like; second, because of the hidden intent; third, because it is furnished with the three secrets.” Fourth, it points out that the two numbers in the Shu, 「四十二字」 tr. “forty-two letters” and 「十四音」 tr. “fourteen sounds,” each have their own source: 〔T36n1736 0670a20〕「疏「然字即四十二字」〔0670a21〕,如眾藝處說。「十四音」〔0670a21〕,初地已明。」 tr. “As for the Shu's ‘now the letters are the forty-two letters,’ it is as told at the place of the manifold arts; ‘the fourteen sounds’ was already made clear at the first ground.”
  • The tie between the friends before and after: what is held in mind in the seeking in accord with the teaching of this section is 「法光明法門」 tr. “the dharma gate of the light of the Dharma” 〔T10n0279 0337b23〕 conferred by the previous friend, Well-Abiding; and the next friend pointed to is the elder Liberation of Abiding Grove 〔0338b11〕. Chengguan glosses beforehand the sense of the name of the next friend (「住林者,方便具足住,眾德建立故」 tr. “as for Abiding Grove, it is the abode of fully endowed skillful means, because the many virtues are established” 〔T35n1735 0927c01〕), and so the last sentence of this section gives rise directly to the outline of the next section. Chengguan also foretells what is to come at the place of the praising of the seeking of friends: 「故解脫處歷十二年不生疲厭。」 tr. “and so at the place of Liberation he passes twelve years without giving rise to weariness.” 〔0927a12〕
  • The Shidi jing lun T26n1522 (the Treatise on the Ten Grounds Sūtra): the three words 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha,” 「生貴住」 tr. “the abode of noble birth,” and 「輪字」 tr. “the wheel of letters” all give zero hits 〔查無〕 tr. “not found.” That treatise glosses the Chapter on the Ten Grounds, and does not answer to the stretch on the good friends of this chapter.
  • The four texts of the Huayan house: the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang T45n1866 · the Huayan yisheng shixuan men T45n1868 · the Huayan fajie xuanjing T45n1883—the three words 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha,” 「生貴住」 tr. “the abode of noble birth,” and 「輪字」 tr. “the wheel of letters” all give zero hits 〔查無〕 tr. “not found.” The face of Huayan-house lineage in this section lies only in the four places of Chengguan's Shu, Fazang's Tanxuan ji, Zhiyan's Souxuan ji, and the Kongmu zhang.

VIII. Edition Location Register

  • Śikṣānanda T279 (the base text): the stretch on Megha begins at 〔T10n0279 0337b23〕 and ends 〔before 0338b18〕. Seeking in accord with the teaching · mindfulness of the previous Dharma 0337b23–b27 · seeking the next friend 0337b27 · seeing 0337b28 · paying respect 0337c01 · stating his own giving rise to the mind 0337c02 · the twelve sentences of asking directly 0337c03–c12 · the determining 0337c12 · Sudhana's answer 0337c14 · paying respect (making offering to the vessel of the Dharma) 0337c15 · the praise · the general marking 0337c18 · the particular praising · the first ten sentences 0337c21–c25 · the eleven sentences of the reverence and guarding of the ten kings 0337c25–0338a02 · the one sentence of outward benefit to beings 0338a02 · the eleven sentences of that is to say 0338a03–a07 · the general sentence praising what is hard to have 0338a07 · the four sentences of Dharma 0338a08–a11 · the thirteen similes 0338a11–a19 · concluding the praise and displaying spiritual power 0338a19 · the displaying of spiritual power gathering and transforming 0338a21 · the benefit obtained 0338a24 · ascending again to his own seat · the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī 0338a25–b02 · humbling himself and rehearsing the name 0338b02 · the fourteen sentences of deferring to the superior 0338b03–b10 · pointing to the next friend 0338b11–b14 · cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave 0338b14–b17. The number of characters is 1,596 (punctuation included) · zero lines of repeating verse.
  • Buddhabhadra T278 (the Jin translation, principal collation): the sentence in which the previous friend points onward already contains the name of this friend 〔T09n0278 0692c10〕; the main text of this section begins at 〔0692c13〕 and ends 〔before 0693c10〕 (fascicle forty-six). Mindfulness of the previous Dharma 0692c13–c18 · entering the city and searching 0692c18 · seeing 0692c19 · paying respect and requesting to ask 0692c21–0693a04 · the determining and the answer 0693a05–a06 · coming down from the seat, bowing, and making offering 0693a06–a10 · praising the giving rise of the mind 0693a10–a26 · praising the bodhisattva throughout 0693a27–b01 · the thirteen similes 0693b01–b12 · sending forth light and gathering the assembly 0693b12–b15 · telling the sūtra of the light of the adornment of the wheel of letters 0693b15–b18 · ascending again to his own seat · the dharma gate wherein what is spoken is not false 0693b18–b24 · deferring to the superior 0693b24–c03 · pointing to the next friend 0693c03–c06 · bowing and taking leave 0693c06–c09.
  • Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735: the outline of this section begins at 0926c10 · seeking in accord with the teaching 0926c11–c14 · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring 0926c14–c22 · the lengthwise matching of the twelve questions to the ten grounds 0926c17–c22 · praising and conferring the Dharma 0926c22–0927b23 (the reason the master bows to the disciple 0926c25–0927a03 · the three sections of praising the giving rise of the mind 0927a04–a10 · praising the seeking of friends and the thirteen similes 0927a10–a16 · conferring his own dharma gate 0927a16–b23 · the marking of the name and the displaying of the working of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī 0927b19–b23 · the three senses of the wheel of letters and the citation of the Piluzhena jing 0927a19–b14 · why the wheel of letters is set forth at this stage 0927b14–b18) · humbling himself and deferring to the superior 0927b23–b29 (the fourteen sentences of deferring to the superior 0927b25–b29) · pointing to the next friend 0927b29–0927c05 · ending before the outline of the fifth, the elder Liberation, 0927c05.
  • Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733: the outline of the fourth, the abode of noble birth, begins at 0458c11 · raising the Dharma and exhorting to cultivation (the sense of the names of the land and the city) 0458c11–c17 · the appellation of the good physician 0458c17–c21 · the sense of the name Mijia 0458c21–c22 · the ten sentences of going toward in accord with the teaching in five pairs 0458c22–c28 · the four divisions of seeing, paying respect, and requesting 0458c28–0459a09 · the three senses of the wheel of letters and the record of collating the Sanskrit 0459a01–a08 · ending 0459b16 (before 「第四生貴住竟」 tr. “the fourth, the abode of noble birth, is finished”). A difference in the form of a name: the Tanxuan ji reads 「彌加」 tr. “Mijia,” the eighty-fascicle text reads 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha”—recorded together without judgment.
  • Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739: in the Chapter on Entering the Dharma Realm, the stretch of direct gloss upon this section 0958c26–0959c21 (ending at 「世與出世體無有二」 tr. “the world and what is beyond the world are not two in substance”) (the name of the land 0958c26 · the name of the friend, 「能伏」 tr. “Able to Subdue” and 「為雲」 tr. “named Cloud,” 0958c27 · the name of the city, Sovereignty, 0959a01 · the ten gates of the first, directly entering the dharma gate of the present stage, 0959a04–a13 · the ground of coming down from the seat and paying homage 0959a14–b02 · being born into the house of the Buddha 0959b02–b05 · the gloss upon the dharma gate of the adornment of the classes of the wheel of letters 0959b05–c08 · the perfection of vigor as its substance 0959c08 · a layman as the mark of the stage 0959c11–c13 · the four gates of the second, advancing to the stage before, 0959c14–c21) · in the Chapter on the Ten Abodes, the stretch glossing why it comes, which discusses this section, 0832b17–b24 · in the Chapter of Verses of Praise atop Mount Sumeru, one sentence in the stretch glossing the abode of birth in nobility that touches upon this section, 0830c03–c06.
  • Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732: the outline of the fourth, the abode of noble birth, begins at 0092a25 · the seven sections of entering in accord with the teaching 0092a28–b02 · the three sections of the direct entering 0092b02–b04 · the five sections of praising the giving rise of the mind 0092b04–b06 · the four sections of praising the giving rise of the mind at length 0092b06–b09 · the four sections of telling the dharma of his own portion 0092b09–b12 · the two sections of concluding and deferring upward 0092b12–b13. A note on the line boundary: the two letters 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha” are set across two lines in this witness (「彌」 tr. “mi” at 0092a25, 「伽」 tr. “qie” at 0092a26).
  • Zhiyan, Kongmu zhang T45n1870: the list of the names of the good friends (forty-six entries in the original table) 0589a01–a05 (this friend stands fifth 0589a03).
  • Prajñā T293 (the Zhenyuan forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka · fascicle five): what answers to this section in the forty-fascicle text begins at 〔T10n0293 0684a06〕 and ends 〔0685b29〕. Mindfulness of the previous Dharma 0684a06–a14 · seeking the next friend (the land of Daluobizha · the city of Diamond Tiers) 0684a14 · seeing 0684a16 · paying respect and the twelve sentences of inquiry 0684a18–b01 · the determining and the answer 0684b01–b04 · coming down from the seat, bowing, and making offering 0684b04–b09 · praising the giving rise of the mind (twenty-three sentences of 「則」 tr. “then”) 0684b09–b27 · the eleven sentences of 「所謂」 tr. “that is to say” 0684b27–c06 · the general praising of how hard he is to obtain and to meet 0684c06–c09 · the nineteen similes 0684c09–c23 · the assembly praising together 0684c23–c27 · ascending again to his own former seat and emitting light from his mouth 0684c27–0685a02 · observing what meets him and telling the dharma gate of the adornment of the classes of phrases of the wheel of letters 0685a02–a07 · conferring the dharma gate of the light of the wondrous-sound dhāraṇī 0685a07–b02 · humbling himself and the fifteen sentences of deferring to the superior 0685b02–b21 · pointing to the next friend (Abiding Grove · Liberation of Abiding) 0685b21–b25 · cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave 0685b25–b29.
  • Variant readings: within the range of T279 covered by this unit, 〔0337b23〕–〔0338b17〕, the Taishō base text carries 1 collation note, recorded one by one without adjudication (base reading 【大】|variant readings of other witnesses, several witnesses separated by /): 〔0338b06〕一【大】|一切【元】【明】.
  • Entries not found: the Shidi jing lun T26n1522 · the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang T45n1866 · the Huayan yisheng shixuan men T45n1868 · the Huayan fajie xuanjing T45n1883—five texts in all, in which 「彌伽」 tr. “Megha,” 「生貴住」 tr. “the abode of noble birth,” and 「輪字」 tr. “the wheel of letters” all give zero hits.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0